FACULTY HANDBOOK (Updated September 2009) - CiteSeerX

OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL

FACULTY HANDBOOK (Updated September 2009)

Section 1 – Page 0

Section 1

INTRODUCTION

PREFACE .................................................................................................................................. 2

OPEN LETTER TO THE O.P.R.F.H.S. COMMUNITY .......................................................... 3

INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 3

HUMAN DIVERSITY AND HUMAN DIGNITY ................................................................... 5

FACULTY SENATE/IEA ......................................................................................................... 6


PREFACE Our Faculty Handbook is designed to be a helpful reference tool for all faculty members at Oak Park and River Forest High School. The Handbook is a summary of those District 200 Board policies and procedures. Its main purpose is to provide vital information that will assist faculty in fulfilling our common responsibility to provide a comprehensive high quality education for every student in an equitable, consistent, and efficient manner. Having our philosophy, policies, and procedures all collected in one resource should help us achieve these goals. Please read the Handbook in detail, and use it as a reference throughout the school year. It is important that we are all working from the most current policies and procedures. Should policies or procedures be added, modified, or eliminated, the Handbook will be updated appropriately. Please feel free to offer suggestions at any time regarding improvements to this Handbook to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources. As a reminder to all of us of the impact of a caring community, a letter received from Stanley Vornacka in July 2003 is included as a part of our Handbook.

Attila J. Weninger, Superintendent

(Revised 02/09)


An Open Letter to the OPRFHS Community

This was a handwritten letter received by the Superintendent’s Office in July 2003. It might hold some interest to you. July 27, 2003 Dear Sir, In 1945, I was a patient in McCloskey General Hospital. I just came from Anjio Beach where I lost my leg above the knee and almost my life. It was early morning and I was right under enemy guns, so I couldn’t be moved until under cover of darkness. By the time I was taken to a tent—a hospital, there was no pulse. They asked me if I would like to see a chaplain. I thought they must be digging a hole for me already. I said, ‘No, I will be all right,’ and I was one of the lucky ones—I lived. When I was at the hospital in Texas, I went to the sun porch to look for a pair of crutches. There were these beautiful solid oak crutches made at the Oak Park High School. I still use these crutches although they are both broken and I have them wrapped with string and tape. They are very special to me. I was lucky to get these because there were over 5,000 of us amputees there. I thought you might find this of interest since I have used these crutches for all these years. Do you still have any of these oak crutches left? I want to say they were really finished nicely and not like the other cheap pine crutches that would break so often. Sincerely, Stanley Vornacka P.S. I wonder how many thousand crutches those students made. Maybe if you put a piece in your paper, some of these who helped make these crutches would be glad to hear that somebody out there is still using the crutches that were made there in school.


INTRODUCTION

...............................................................................................................................................

MISSION STATEMENT

During the 1993-94 school year, Oak Park and River Forest High School embarked upon a Strategic Planning process. As part of that process, the following Mission Statement and values were adopted: Oak Park and River Forest High School exists to provide all students a superior education so that they may achieve their full human potential. In pursuit of this mission, we value

• Educational excellence for its own worth;

• A broad range of educational opportunities;

• The potential in all students to learn;

• A commitment to learning as the responsibility of each student to achieve his or her full potential;

• An awareness of students as individuals with different learning styles;

• Respect for the rights of all members of the school community in a secure, safe

and caring environment;

• A sense of community and good citizenship;

• Equity across groups and fairness toward individuals;

• The high school as a communicator of common values to students;

• An appreciation of diversity;

• A sense of self worth;

• A partnership between the student, family, school, and community.

Adopted by the Board of Education October 27, 1995Reviewed 01/09


HUMAN DIVERSITY AND HUMAN DIGNITY

Board of Education Policy 101 (found in Section IX of this Handbook) was originally adopted in 1975 and last amended in 2004. It provides a fundamental philosophy upon which the high school approaches all interaction with students, staff and community members. In addition, it guides all instructional and non-instructional decision-making and planning. Policy 101 is a cornerstone tenet of the District, which sets it apart from most other school systems.

Reviewed 01/09



FACULTY SENATE/IEA The Faculty Senate is the official bargaining agent for all certified personnel at Oak Park and River Forest High, save Administrators and Division Heads. The Faculty Senate represents Teachers, Dean Counselors, Deans of Discipline, librarians, and certified Support Staff. The Faculty Senate was organized in 1969 and reorganized in 1997 when it became affiliated with the National Educational Association (NEA) and Illinois Education Association (IEA). The purpose of the Faculty Senate is to provide a platform for its membership to discuss issues important to the District’s educational goals, to speak with one voice to the Board of Education and to the administration, to collectively bargain with the Board of Education, to provide a vehicle for resolving grievances, to provide a channel for the sharing and implementation of ideas, and to foster collegiality, unity and morale among the faculty. Senate membership is divided into four groups called quartiles. Each quartile represents approximately one quarter of the faculty. A Faculty member’s placement in a quartile is based upon seniority on the salary schedule. Each quartile elects three individuals to represent them on the Executive Committee of the Faculty Senate. The daily governance of the Faculty Senate is conducted by the Faculty Senate Executive Committee (FSEC). The FSEC is comprised of 12 elected quartile representatives (three from each quartile) and seven officers (the Chairperson, Speaker, Treasurer, Secretary, and two Sergeants-at-Arms). The FSEC meets on Wednesday afternoons after school to conduct Faculty Senate business. Faculty members are always welcome. In Union settings, Illinois law guarantees every employee the right to union representation in connection with investigations that may lead to discipline. If a faculty member is called into a meeting and questioned about matters that may result in discipline, the faculty member is entitled to union representation upon request before the meeting is continued. Reviewed 01/09

Section 2 - Page 1

Section 2

ROSTERS AND SCHEDULES

2009-2010 School Calendar…………………………………………………………………….2

Employee Names and Areas of Assignment…………………………………………………….4

Daily Schedule/Alternative Schedules…………………………………………………………..17

Section 2 - Page 2

2009 – 2010 SCHOOL CALENDAR

Section 2 - Page 3

Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200 2009 – 2010 School Calendar

August 2009 OPENING/CLOSING DAYS OF SCHOOL February 2010

S M T W T F S August 26 (A) 1st Student Day–1st Sem. S M T W T F S 1 January 26 (A) 1st Student Day–2nd Sem. 1 2 3 4 5 6

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 June 10 (Ω) Last Day of School 7 8 9 10 11 X 13

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 X 16 17 18 19 20

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 STUDENT NON-ATTENDANCE DAYS (X) 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

23 24 X A 27 28 29 August 25 Institute Day 28

30 31 September 7 Labor Day

September 11 Staff Development September 2009 October 12 Columbus Day March 2010

S M T W T F S November 5 Parent-Teacher Conferences S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 November 6 Veterans Day Observed X 2 3 4 5 6

6 X 8 9 ¶ X 12 November 25 Staff Development 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 November 26-27 Thanksgiving Holiday 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Dec. 21- Jan. 1 Winter Break 21 22 23 24 25 Q3 27

27 Θ Θ Θ January 18 M. L. King Jr. Observed 28 X X X January 22 Records Day October 2009 January 25 Institute Day April 2010

S M T W T F S February 12 Non-Attendance Day S M T W T F S Θ Θ Θ February 15 Presidents Day Observed X X 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 March 1 Casimir Pulaski Observed 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 X 13 14 15 16 17 March 29 – April 2 Spring Break 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 May 31 Memorial Day 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 Q1 29 30 31 June 11 Staff Development 25 26 27 28 29 30 July 5 4th of July Observed November 2009 May 2010

S M T W T F S PARENT-TEACHER CONFERENCE DAYS (▲) S M T W T F S 1 2 3 ▲ X X 7 November 4 4:30 – 7:30 p.m. 1

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 November 5 11:15 a.m. – 7:30 p.m. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

22 23 24 25 X X 28 END OF GRADING PERIODS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 29 30 October 30 Q1 1st quarter 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 January 15 Q2 2nd quarter 30 X

March 26 Q3 3rd quarter December 2009 June 4 Q4 4th quarter June 2010

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 COMMENCEMENT (۩) 1 2 3 Q4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 June 13 3:00 p.m. 6 7 8 9 Ω X 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 ۩ ◙ ◙ S ◙ ◙ 19

20 X X X X X 26 SEMESTER EXAM DAYS 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 X X X X January 19-21 1st Semester 27 28 29 30

June 7-10 2nd Semester January 2010 LATE ARRIVAL DAYS July 2010

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S X 2 To be determined 1 2 3

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 X 6 7 8 9 10

10 11 12 13 14 Q2 16 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

17 X 19 20 21 X 23 MISCELLANEOUS 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

24 X A 27 28 29 30 September 10 ¶ Open House 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

31 Sept. 28 – Oct. 3 Θ Homecoming Week

June 14-18 ◙ Emergency Days June 16 S Summer School Begins

Section 2 - Page 4

EMPLOYEE NAMES AND AREAS OF ASSIGNMENT

Section 2 - Page 5

Last Name First Name Position Assignment Desc ACHARYA KIRTI ATTENDANCE CLERK ADELMAN JONATHAN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER TA ALEXANDER DEVON ENGLISH TEACHER ALLEE DOUGLAS MATH TEACHER ALLEN ALFRED MATH TEACHER AMBROSE BRANDI COUNSELOR AMORELLA DANIEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ANTUNEZ MARIA FOOD SERVICE ARIOLA ANTHONY SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER ARIOLA JAMES SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER ARRIAGA FRANCISCO MATH TEACHER ASBURY KIMBERLY COUNSELOR'S SECRETARY ASBURY LILLIE COMPUTER LAB AIDE AVALOS CARMEN MATH TEACHER BAGHRI WEISMAN NIMMI MATH TEACHER BAKER RICKY PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BALCHUNAS MARGARET SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER BALDWIN CHRISTOPHER MATH TEACHER BANCROFT MILANNE ADMIN ASST‐CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION BARDEEN KAREN SCIENCE TEACHER BARDO NANCY BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER BARKER PEACHES FOOD SERVICE BAYER MICHELLE SCIENCE TEACHER BEARD JOSEPH SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER BECKAM MYLES BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BECKER KIMBERLY PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BEJARANO DE DURAZO NUBIA BOOKSTORE SECRETARY BELL ANDREA SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR BELL JAMES ENGLISH TEACHER BELLAMY OCTAVIUS SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER BELPEDIO DOUGLAS BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER BERNTHAL DAVID SCIENCE TEACHER BIASIELLO TONI HISTORY TEACHER BIGGINS COLLEEN SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR ‐ LD BILLINGSLEY OLIVIA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA BISHOP JANEL ASST. PRINCIPAL FOR SAFETY AND HEALTH BLACK TODD PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BLACKWELL MARSHA ENGLISH TEACHER BLAND ZELDA HISTORY DIVISION SECRETARY

Section 2 - Page 6

BLUMINBERG DEBORAH COUNSELOR BOHNE KARA SCIENCE TEACHER BOOTH CHRISTINE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER BOULWARE BILL FINE AND APPLIED ARTS DIVISION HEAD BOZNOS TOULA REGISTRAR BRENNOCK THERESE SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR ‐ ED BRENT VIRGINIA ENGLISH TEACHER BROWN DOUGLAS DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER BROWN LATONIA STUDENT ACTIVITIES SECRETARY BROWN LONNIE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS BROWN PATRICIA FOOD SERVICE BRYANT ROCHELLE COMPUTER LAB AIDE BUHAY‐EMERSON JILL MATH TEACHER BUMGARDNER MARY ATTENDANCE SECRETARY BURBANO JAIME MATH TEACHER BURGDORFF JENNIFER PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER BURNS LINDA SABBATICAL LEAVE BYARS MICHAEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER CADA LINDA DIRECTOR OF SPECIAL EDUCATION CALDWELL VERNISA FOOD SERVICE CALDWELL WANDA FOOD SERVICE CAMPBELL SANDRA ART TEACHER CARDASCIO FRANCINE DORS CARIOSCIO MICHAEL CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER CARLIN LEAH SPECIAL EDUCATION SECRETARY CARLSON ANN INFO. SYSTEMS & INST ‐ LIBRARIAN CARLSON LINDA PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER CARMODY MICHAEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TA CARPARELLI ANNAMARIA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER CARROW‐SEVER MICHELLE ART TEACHER CARSON JR SAMUEL SAFETY AND HEALTH HEAD CHAMBERS ARTHUR BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS CHARETTE‐BASSIRIRAD JACQUELINE BOOKSTORE MANAGER CHENEY PATRICIA COMPUTER LAB AIDE CHERRY ROBERT INTERIM MATH DIVISION HEAD CHERRY ROBERT INTERIM MATH DIVISION HEAD CHICHESTER D JAMES SCIENCE TEACHER CIPPARRONE CAROLYN SCIENCE LAB AIDE CLANTON THOMAS SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR CLARK ANDRE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR CLAYTON BIRDIA FOOD SERVICE

Section 2 - Page 7

COKER‐MARTIN ETTA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA COLLINS DELORIS ADMINISTRATIVE ASST.‐PRINCIPAL COLLINS MARK ART TEACHER COLLINS PATRICIA SECRETARY COLLINS ROBERT BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS COLQUHOUN JEREMY SCIENCE TEACHER CONDNE JOHN RADIO AND TV TEACHER CONRICK TERESA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER CORCORAN DANIEL MATH TEACHER CORDERO ELIMELEC BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS CORNER JEAN SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR COSTOPOULOS JOHN SCIENCE TEACHER COUGHLIN JAMES SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER CRAFT DALE DRIVER AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION DIV HD CRANE PATRICIA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER CRAWFORD ELEANOR HISTORY TEACHER CRISP DAVID BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS CUBIE DARLENE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS CULLOTTA GLORIA COUNSELOR'S SECRETARY DAGGETT CHRISTINE WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER DAVIS BRIAN BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER DAVIS LEA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA DEBRUIN MARY ANN INFO. SYSTEMS & INST ‐ LIBRARIAN DELIMATA DANIELLE MATH TEACHER DELIUS TODD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DELRIO MANUEL BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DEMBOWSKI SARA FOOD SERVICE SECRETARY DENNIS JASON DEAN DEPASQUALE KATIE MATH TEACHER DIAZ KELLY WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER DIEDERICH DONNA ATHLETICS/B&G SECRETARY DIVERDE MARCI WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER DIXON ELIZABETH HEALTH SERVICES PROFESSIONAL DOBIAS DANIELLE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER DOBLE ESTEBAN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DOMANCHUK THEODORE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER DONATUCCI FAWN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER DONOGHUE SUE ENGLISH TEACHER DORAME MICHAEL ENGLISH TEACHER DOTSON MURRAY MICHELL FOOD SERVICE DOUGLAS MICHOL FOOD SERVICE

Section 2 - Page 8

DRESSEL BETH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA DUCKSWORTH RENEE FOOD SERVICE DUNSON BETINA PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER EBSEN ELIZABETH ART TEACHER EDGECOMBE IRIS ADM. ASST ‐ SUPT.'S OFFICE EDGECOMBE JASON ASST. SUPT. FOR HUMAN RESOURCES EDMOND CLIMENT SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER ERICKSON PAMELA FAMILY AND CONSUMER TEACHER EVANS LISA ADM. ASST ‐ ASSESMENT AND RESEARCH EWALD CAROL WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER FARLEY ELIZABETH WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER FARLEY KYLE SCIENCE TEACHER FAULKNER LISA HISTORY TEACHER FAUST C STAN HISTORY TEACHER FERRIER SUZE MATH TEACHER FISHER JACOB ASST. AUDITORIUM FLETCHER MICHELLE FOOD SERVICE FLETCHER NANCY FOOD SERVICE FORAN KATHERINE DIRECTOR OF COMMUNICATIONS FOTZLER KIMBERLY MATH TEACHER FOX ELIZABETH ENGLISH TEACHER FUENTES JULIE COUNSELOR GAITER THYESHA FOOD SERVICE GAJDA JOYCE MATH TEACHER GALLUZZO FRED COUNSELOR GAMBONEY SAMUEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TA GANSCHOW DANIEL ENGLISH TEACHER GANT DARRELL BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS GARGIULO KATHRYN ENGLISH TEACHER GARRETT SHIRLEY FOOD SERVICE GEOVANES JAMES PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER GERENA MARIAN MATH/SCI/FINE & PERF ARTS/LIBRARY GERWIG PATRICIA DUPLICATING SECRETARY GESELBRACHT LANA ENGAGED LEARNING COORDINATOR GEVINSON STEVEN ENGLISH TEACHER GILBERT CAROL SPECIAL EDUCATION SECRETARY GIOVANNETTI LOUIS MATH TEACHER GLENN ELAINE INFO. SYSTEMS & INST ‐ LIBRARIAN GOLDBERG STEVEN HISTORY TEACHER GONZALEZ MANUEL WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER GOODFELLOW JAMES DEAN

Section 2 - Page 9

GRADY MAUREEN WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER GRAHAM JANE PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER GRANZYK LYNN SPECIAL EDUCATION TA GREENBERG JESSICA HISTORY TEACHER GREENSTONE DANIEL HISTORY TEACHER GROSSER WILLIAM SCIENCE DIVISION HEAD HAGINS ANTOINETTE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS HALLISSEY JOSEPH SPEECH TEACHER HANSON JACQUELINE COUNSELOR HANSON JAMIE HISTORY TEACHER HARDIN SHEILA MATH TEACHER HARMON BARBARA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER HART YENI HISTORY TEACHER HASIAKOS PETER SCIENCE TEACHER HASSO TIMOTHY TUTOR HAYES LINDA COMMUNICATIONS SECRETARY HAYNES GLORIA ATHLETICS/B&G SECRETARY HEEZEN NANCY FOOD SERVICE

HEIDER SARAH (DOVE) ENGLISH TEACHER

HEIDKAMP BERNARD ENGLISH TEACHER HEIDLOFF LORI ATHLETIC SECRETARY HEISTER RONALD SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER HENNIG MARY ATTENDANCE CLERK HENNINGS ALLISON SCIENCE TEACHER HERBST JOSEPH COUNSELOR HERMANN PETER BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS HICKS DENISE FOOD SERVICE HILDNER NAOMI ENGLISH TEACHER HILL AMY DIRECTOR OF ASSESSMENT & RESEARCH HILL DOUGLAS SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER HINES DERIK SPECIAL EDUCATION TA HLAVACH ELAINE MUSIC TEACHER HOLLOWAY BRIAN SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER HOLMES MARSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR HOLTSCHLAG KRISTEN ENGLISH TEACHER HOPKINS DONALD PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER HOSTRAWSER PETER BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER HOUSTON SHEILA SECRETARY ‐ RESIDENCY HOWELL JESSICA BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER HOWIE MARY ANN COUNSELOR'S DIV. SEC.

Section 2 - Page 10

HUGHES VANESSA SPEECH PATHOLOGIST HUNT ROYSTON BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS HUNTER JAMES ENGLISH TEACHER IMPERL GALE FOOD SERVICE IONUT ANGELA FOOD SERVICE JANSEN PAMELA BUS. OFFICE ‐ ADM. ASST. JOHNSON MOLHO KRISTINA COUNSELOR JONES FRANK BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KAHN PETER SPOKEN WORD TEACHER KALMERTON GAIL EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT ‐ SUPT'S OFFICE KARROW MARILYN HEALTH SERVICES ‐ SECRETARY KEELEY TIM PURCHASING COORDINATOR KELLY MATTHEW SPECIAL EDUCATION TA KELLY RISTAU NANCY SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR KENNEDY FRANK RESIDENCY OFFICER KENNEDY MEGHAN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER KENNING BARBARA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER KIDD SHIRLANDA FOOD SERVICE KIEDAISCH LAURA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER KING LARK BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KINNAN GLYNIS ENGLISH TEACHER KIRCHNER THOMAS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KLEINFELDT DANIEL DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER KNAKE KRISTIN HISTORY TEACHER KORAB DIANE SPECIAL EDUCATION TA KOSTAL JOSEPH MATH TEACHER KOTAS JOAN TECHNOLOGY LEARNING CENTER KOTTMANN DONNA FAMILY AND CONSUMER TEACHER KOWALKOWSKI JUDI SUBSTITUTE COORDINATOR KRAS EDWARD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS KREMIDAS PATRICIA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA KUCHARSKI REBECCA FAMILY AND CONSUMER TEACHER LAMA RICHARD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS LANENGA JACK DIRECTOR OF STUDENT INFO. SYSTEMS LARSON CRAIG SOCIAL WORKER LATHAM MICHAEL FOOD SERVICE LAVIGNE MICHAEL IT TECHNICIAN LAWRENCE RALPH ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT MANAGER LECESNE DAPHNE PSYCHOLOGIST LEDBETTER CHRISTIAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER LEE BRENDAN ENGLISH TEACHER

Section 2 - Page 11

LEE LAUREN ENGLISH TEACHER LEFEVRE JAMES TUTOR LENOIR GIA HUMAN RESOURCES ASSISTANT LESNIAK JOHN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER LESSING AVRAM ENGLISH TEACHER LIMBERG DANA HISTORY TEACHER LIND JEREMY ENGLISH TEACHER LITTLETON PAULETTE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR LOHNES WILLIAM TUTOR LOMBARDO‐NITSCHE MARIA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER LOPEZ GLENDALIZ BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS LOPEZ ISABEL WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER LOVAAS WILLIAM ENGLISH TEACHER LOVING DEBORAH IN‐SCHOOL SUSPENSION COORDINATOR LUNDGREN CLYDE SCIENCE TEACHER LYNCH HEIDI COUNSELOR MAJKRZAK CHRISTINE BOOKSTORE CLERK MALONEY MATTHEW HISTORY TEACHER MARKEY MARGARET SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR ‐ TEAM MARKS BONNIE SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER MARR TIA DEAN MARSHALL ANGELA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA MARSHALL CATHERINE COUNSELOR MARTIN AMIT TECHNICIAN MARTINEK SHARON COUNSELOR'S SECRETARY MARTINEK VINCENT SCIENCE TEACHER MATOS DANNY BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MAY HEIDIE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR MAY JAMIE FOOD SERVICE MAZUMDAR RENA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER MAZZUCA MARGARET FOOD SERVICE MCCARRON KEVIN SCIENCE TEACHER MCCARTHY DENIS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MCGEE ARCHIE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MCGINNIS NANCY ENGLISH DIVISION SECRETARY MCGUCKIN CYNTHIA SCIENCE TEACHER MCGUIRE ELEANOR HISTORY TEACHER MCKENZIE GWENDOLYN LIBRARY AIDE MCKNIGHT CALLA FOOD SERVICE MCNARY CATHERINE ENGLISH TEACHER MCNICHOLS TERRI DUPLICATING SECRETARY

Section 2 - Page 12

MCSHANE ROBERT SPECIAL EDUCATION TA MEADOR DONNA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA MERTZ RICHARD HISTORY DIVISION HEAD MESSER JAMES SCIENCE TEACHER MICHALEK NICHOLAS INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY/AUTO MILLER GARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER MILOJEVIC CINDY ASST. PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES MITTLEMAN DEBRA OUTREACH COORDINATOR MONDRAGON CHRISTINE MATH TEACHER MONTAGNO LARRY DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER MOORE ANDRE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER MORALES JESUS SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR MORAN KATHERINE MATH TEACHER MORRIS FAYE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MULVANEY RYAN MATH TEACHER MURRAY SCYLA ENGLISH TEACHER MYERS ALLISON ENGLISH TEACHER NAPOLITANO DONNA FOOD SERVICE NASH ELIZABETH HISTORY TEACHER NEUMAN AMANDA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA NEUMAN ANDREA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER NICKELS THOMAS SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER NISSEN MARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TA NIXEN PETE COUNSELOR NOBLE PAUL ENGLISH TEACHER NORTH HAMILL ANITA HISTORY TEACHER NOVOTNY MELINDA ART TEACHER NUDERA JAMES DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER NUNEZ KATHLEEN WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER OJIKUTU CAROLYN COUNSELOR OLIVER STEPHANIE WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER O'MALLEY JAMES SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ORDMAN JOSEPH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ORGAN ROBERT SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR O'SHEA PATRICIA ADM. ASST. ‐ CHIEF INFO OFFICE OTIS DEBRA FOOD SERVICE PALAS ELVINA FOOD SERVICE PAPLACZYK NICOLETTE SPECIAL ED PROGRAM COOR PAPPALARDO MARK MATH TEACHER PARENTI JOSEPH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PATTEN JAYNE FOOD SERVICE

Section 2 - Page 13

PAUL JANIE DENISE INFORMATION SYSTEMS CLERK PEARSON PATRICK MUSIC TEACHER PEREZ LUIS WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER PEREZ MAURICE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS PERRI OLIVA FOOD SERVICE PETROLIUNAS ANN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER PHELAN MICHAEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PIEKARSKI MICHELINE DIRECTOR OF FOOD SERVICE PLANE JEFFREY SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER PODOLNER AARON SCIENCE TEACHER PONCE IGNACIO WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER POTTS ROBERT BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER POWELL MICHAEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER

PRALE PHILIP ASST. SUPT. FOR CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

PRASSAS KLEANTHI FOOD SERVICE PRICE‐PIGRAM COLLETTA FOOD SERVICE PRUITT BARBARA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PRYSTALSKI LAWRENCE MATH TEACHER PRZYBOROWSKI LAUREN MATH TEACHER PUCKETT LYNDA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA PULLIAM PATTIE SWITCHBOARD/MAILROOM PURVIS DERRICK BUSINESS EDUCATION TEACHER QUANE ALEGRA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA QUINN PETER ENGLISH TEACHER RADEMACHER KRISTEN TECHNOLOGY LEARNING CENTER RAY CHASTITY FOOD SERVICE REDMOND SHIRLEY PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER REILLY BRIAN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS REMACK LEIGH SCIENCE TEACHER REYES ABEL SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR RICE KATHLEEN MATH/SCI/FINE & PERF ARTS/LIBRARY RICHMOND LESTER SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR RIDENOUR JOHN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS RIJOS SALLY SPECIAL ED SECRETARY RINER LUCY SABBATICAL RITACCO ELAINE SPECIAL EDUCATION TA ROBINSON YOULANDA FOOD SERVICE ROSAS SARAH ENGLISH TEACHER ROSITO CARMEN SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR ROTH JENIFER DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER

Section 2 - Page 14

ROUSE NATHANIEL PRINCIPAL RUBINOW MARLENE SCIENCE TEACHER RUBIO MARTINIANO BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS RULIS CHERYL SCIENCE TEACHER RUNYON JOEL SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SAHAGUN CLAUDIA WORLD LANGUAGES DIVISION HD SAKELLARIS COURTNEY ASST. ATHLETIC DIRECTOR SANDOVAL JANINE MATH/SCI/FINE & PERF ARTS/LIBRARY SANFILIPPO VINCENT SPECIAL EDUCATION TA SANTANA CHRISTINA ENGLISH TEACHER SAQUIMUX HERMINA FOOD SERVICE SASSONE GINA SPECIAL EDUCATION TA SCHMADEKE YOKO WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER SCHOENBECK CAROLINA SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER SCHULTHEIS YUKO WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER SCHULTZ JON SPECIAL EDUCATION TA SCHWARTZ STEVEN HISTORY TEACHER SCHWASS HEIDI FOOD SERVICE SEBESTYEN DONNA COOR OF EMPLOYEE BENEFITS SEGAL MARLENE LIBRARY SECRETARY SHORT RICHARD SPECIAL EDUCATION TA SILVER JONATHAN HISTORY TEACHER SIMIYU JOYCE FOOD SERVICE SIMON CLEMENT BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SJOSTROM MARY ELLEN HEALTH SERVICES PROFESSIONAL SLIVA DEBBIE FOOD SERVICE SLIVINSKI ANN SPEECH PATHOLOGIST SMITH CHARLES A. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SMITH CHARLES L. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SMITH CHRISTINA SCIENCE TEACHER SMITH LAUREN MATH TEACHER SMITH MARILYN FOOD SERVICE SOFFER MICHAEL HISTORY TEACHER SORENSEN KEVIN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SOSA JOSE PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER SOTO VICTOR BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SPAIN LINDA SAFETY AND HEALTH SECRETARY SPILOTRO RAFFAELLA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER SPLAN DAVID DRIVER EDUCATION TEACHER ST JOHN BENJAMIN WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER STACHURSKI DONNA PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECRETARY

Section 2 - Page 15

STANIS AMY SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER STASZAK PATRICIA ENGLISH TEACHER STELZER JOHN ATHLETIC DIRECTOR STOVALL JESSICA ENGLISH TEACHER STOW KRISTEN SCIENCE TEACHER STRIMPLE TRACY ENGLISH/SPEECH TEACHER STRONG ALPHONSO SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER SUDDIETH KIMBORLYN FOOD SERVICE SVEJDA ANTHONY MUSIC TEACHER TARRANT THOMAS SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER TERRETTA JOHN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER THEEN AVIVA SCIENCE TEACHER THOMAS JACQUELINE FOOD SERVICE THOMAS LISA FOOD SERVICE THOMAS MATTIE FOOD SERVICE THOMPHSEN RICHARD HISTORY TEACHER TOLOMEO DANA WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER TOPF REGINA PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER TORREZ BUSTER SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER TSAGARIS GEORGIA FOOD SERVICE TSILIMIGRAS KATHY ENGLISH TEACHER TUCKER LAFAYE FOOD SERVICE VALDEZ DAVID BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS VALENTINE SHENTELL FOOD SERVICE VANCE MARCELLUS HISTORY TEACHER VANDERMEULEN KATHLEEN SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER VANLIESHOUT ELIZABETH SPECIAL EDUCATION TA VAVRIK RICHARD BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS VEGA CARLOS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS VELAZQUEZ RUDY BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS VENHORST RYAN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY VENHORST SARAH COUNSELOR VILLAGRAN MATILDE FOOD SERVICE VILLANUEVA APOLINAR FOOD SERVICE VOGEL DONALD DIRECTOR OF INFO. SYSTEMS & INST VOGEL MARY WORLD LANGUAGES TEACHER WALKER MARVIN SOCIAL WORKER WALKER‐QUALLS GWENDOLYN PSYCHOLOGIST WALLACE ALYSIA PAYROLL COORDINATOR WALSTRA JENNIFER FISCAL CLERK WALTON ALISA DEAN

Section 2 - Page 16

WARREN PATTI MATH TEACHER WEBSTER JAMES PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER WEISENRITTER MICHAEL SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR WEISER JON BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS WEISMAN NEAL MATH TEACHER WELLS JON TECHNICIAN WENINGER ATTILA SUPERINTENDENT WHITELAW BESSIE FOOD SERVICE WHITTAKER MARCUS BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS WILEY DOUGLAS SUPERVISOR OF FINANCE WILLIAMS GINI ENGLISH TEACHER WILLIAMS LEONOTIS SPECIAL EDUCATION TA WILLIAMS TYRONE HISTORY TEACHER WILSON MARK ASST PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT SERVICES WIRTZ KATHLEEN MATH TEACHER WISE NISHA SCIENCE TEACHER WITHAM CHERYL CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER WITT LUPE AV SECRETARY WOODS MARK SCIENCE TEACHER WRAGGS JOSSIE SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR WRIGHT PAUL MATH TEACHER YARRINGTON VALDA SAFETY AND HEALTH MONITOR YOUNG JESSICA HISTORY TEACHER YOUNG LAURA ENGLISH TEACHER YOUNG MARY SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER YOUNG JR WILLIAM SPECIAL EDUCATION TEACHER ZABRANSKY RICHARD ENGLISH TEACHER ZAPATA ELVIN BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS ZAWARUS PATRICIA ADM ASST. FOOD SERVICE ZEPEDA MARIA FOOD SERVICE ZUMMALLEN ROBERT DIRECTOR OF BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS

Section 2 - Page 17

DAILY SCHEDULE/ALTERNATIVE SCHEDULES

Section 2 - Page 18


2009-2010 SCHOOL DAY BELL SCHEDULE

Regular/Daily First Day First Day-Sem One & Sem TwoFRESHMEN ONLY ALL STUDENTS

Periods Times Periods Times Periods Times 1 8:00- 8:48 A 8:00- 12:25 A 8:00- 8:15 2 8:53- 9:46 1 12:30 12:40 1 8:20- 9:06 3 9:51- 10:39 2 12:45 12:55 2 9:11- 10:02 4 10:44- 11:32 3 1:00 1:10 3 10:07- 10:53 5 11:37- 12:25 4 1:15 1:25 4 10:58- 11:43 6 12:30- 1:18 5 1:30 1:40 5 11:48- 12:33 7 1:23- 2:11 6 1:45 1:55 6 12:38- 1:23 8 2:16- 3:04 7 2:00 2:10 7 1:28- 2:13

8 2:15 2:25 8 2:18 3:04

Late Arrival – 1 Hour Late Arrival – 2 Hours

Periods Times Periods Times 1 9:00- 9:40 1 10:00- 10:33 2 9:45- 10:30 2 10:38- 11:16 3 10:35- 11:16 3 11:21- 11:55 4 11:21- 12:02 4 12:00- 12:32 5 12:07- 12:47 5 12:37- 1:10 6 12:52- 1:32 6 1:15- 1:48 7 1:37- 2:18 7 1:53- 2:26 8 2:23- 3:04 8 2:31- 3:04

50 Minute - Convocations 70 Minute - Convocations

Periods Times Periods Times 1 8:00- 8:40 1 8:00- 8:35

2A 8:45- 9:35 2A 8:40- 9:50 2B 9:40- 10:30 2B 9:55- 11:05 3 10:35- 11:16 3 11:10- 11:45 4 11:21- 12:01 4 11:50- 12:24 5 12:06- 12:46 5 12:29- 1:03 6 12:51 1:32 6 1:08- 1:42 7 1:37- 2:18 7 1:47- 2:23 8 2:23- 3:04 8 2:28- 3:04

Section 2 - Page 19


Section 3

COMMON PROCEDURES

BOOKSTORE INFORMATION ................................................................................................... 3

COACHING RESPONSIBILITIES – STUDENT TRYOUTS ..................................................... 4

CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES ........................................................................................................ 5

COMMUNICATIONS/COMMUNITY RELATIONS & ............................................................. 6

VOLUNTEER COORDINATOR .................................................................................................. 6

DUPLICATING AND TYPING SERVICES ................................................................................ 7

FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) ...................................... 8

FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................ 9

DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 9 APPROVAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................................ 9 FIELD TRIP RESTRICTIONS ........................................................................................ 10 TRANSPORTATION ...................................................................................................... 10 CHAPERONES ................................................................................................................ 11 MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................................................................... 11 OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL – BUS PRICE LIST .................... 13

ESTIMATE OF TRANSPORTATION COSTS .......................................................................... 21

DIRECTIONS: ................................................................................................................................. 21

ATTENDANCE GUIDELINES FOR ABSENCES DUE TO FIELD TRIPS ............................ 22

STUDENT FIELD TRIP PARENT APPROVAL REQUEST .................................................... 23

FIELD TRIP EVALUATION ...................................................................................................... 24

FIELD TRIP EVALUATION SUMMARY ................................................................................ 25

GUIDELINES FOR SCHEDULING FIELD TRIPS DURING RESTRICTED PERIODS ....... 26

ACTIVITY TRIP GUIDELINES ................................................................................................. 27

STUDENT ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................. 27

PARENT PERMISSION FORM ................................................................................................. 28

ACTIVITY TRIP REQUEST FORM .......................................................................................... 29

RESTRICTIONS FOR SCHEDULING ACTIVITY TRIPS ....................................................... 30

FIELD TRIP REQUEST .............................................................................................................. 31

GUIDELINES: FOOD AND DRINK IN BUILDING ............................................................... 32

GUIDELINES FOR INTERACTING WITH STUDENTS ......................................................... 33

GUIDELINES FOR ALLOWING OUTSIDE RESEARCH AT OPRFHS ................................ 38


GUIDELINES FOR SPEAKERS ................................................................................................ 39

HOUSEKEEPING/MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................... 40

INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL SEMESTER ................................................ 41

REQUEST FOR INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL SEMESTER .................... 43

INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSE OUTLINE – FALL SEMESTER ............. 45

MANDATED REPORTER RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 46

LOCATION OF DEFIBRILLATORS ......................................................................................... 48

OBJECTIONS TO INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS ............................................................... 49

PAY TO FORM ........................................................................................................................... 50

PURCHASING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 51

RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN ................................................................. 53

FACULTY MEMBERS ............................................................................................................... 53

ROOM RESERVATIONS ........................................................................................................... 58

SUPERVISION AND POSTING INFORMATION FOR HANDBOOK ................................... 59

SUPERVISION ............................................................................................................................ 59 ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES .................................. 59

TRANSPORTATION RESERVATIONS (BUSES AND VANS) ............................................. 61

TRAVEL REIMBURSEMENT FORM ....................................................................................... 62

USE OF MAILBOXES AND MAILING PRIVILEGES ............................................................ 63

USE OF THE FACULTY/STAFF OR STUDENT BULLETIN AND MORNING ANNOUNCEMENTS ...................................................................................................... 64


BOOKSTORE INFORMATION

Loan Textbooks Loan Textbooks are given to students who qualify for free lunch under the federally funded free/reduced lunch program. Students must return their Loan Textbooks (including annotated paperback novels) to the Bookstore at the end of each course. They must be returned no matter the condition and even if it is believed these textbooks will not be used again. If Loan Textbooks are not returned, students and parents will be responsible for paying for them. Because collecting textbooks from students creates additional issues for students and parents, teachers must not collect textbooks from students under any circumstance. State Loan Textbooks The State of Illinois gives money to the high school for the purchase of textbooks once every two years. When a student is enrolled in a class that uses State Loan Textbooks, a textbook is issued to the student’s ID number via a barcode system, much like a library book, but administered by the Bookstore. The same textbook given to the student is the one that must be returned in similar condition as received or the student will be charged the replacement cost of the textbook. Suggestions for Use of Textbooks 1) Have the students write their names in the front cover of textbooks, including the

current school year (ex. 2007-08), so that they know which is theirs. 2) Do not allow them to write in textbooks. 3) Encourage the use of post-it notes, but remind the students they MUST remove

the post-it notes prior to returning their textbooks. Also, the use of too many post-it notes may break the textbook’s binding, resulting in students being charged for the textbook.

4) DO NOT return the textbooks for the students. They must do it themselves in order to be sure that the original textbook checked out to them is the same one that they returned.

Teachers who keep student textbooks in the classroom assume financial responsibility for these textbooks. If a teacher wants a class set, a request should be made to the Bookstore and the request will be filled based on availability. The purpose of the Bookstore is to provide all approved textbooks and supplies. Please contact the Bookstore at Extension 3140 or email Jacqui Charette-BassiriRad at [email protected] regarding questions about textbooks or supplies. Rev. 01/09

mailto:[email protected]�


COACHING RESPONSIBILITIES – STUDENT TRYOUTS

1. Prior to each athletic season, each coach must submit to the Athletic Director a written schedule designating the dates and location of tryouts. Every team must have at least three days of tryouts. The tryout notice should be distributed to students at the first organizational meeting.

2. On the first day of tryouts, coaches of “cut” sports must notify students when cuts

are to be made. 3. Coaches must present students with a written document enumerating the criteria

for team selection. 4. Coaches must inform students that those who are cut may make an appointment

to discuss the reasons why they were not selected for the team. Coaches may request that the Athletic Director or other administrator be present for such meeting. The student’s parent(s) may also be present.

5. After each athletic season, the Athletic Director must prepare a memo to the

Principal verifying each coach’s compliance with these procedures. The Athletic Director must attach a copy of each coach’s tryout notice and selection criteria to the memorandum.


CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES

Often a teacher will intentionally or unintentionally have a classroom’s discussion centered on controversial issues. These situations afford teachers with exceptional opportunities to help students develop critical thinking and debating skills as well as a greater appreciation for the depth and breadth of ideas in our society. Teachers have the obligation to permit the free investigation of controversial issues by students and should encourage students to investigate all points of view in an impartial and non-prejudicial manner. Teachers must refrain from using District facilities, equipment, or materials for the promotion of partisan points of view.

(Reviewed 02/09)


COMMUNICATIONS/COMMUNITY RELATIONS & VOLUNTEER COORDINATOR

The high school employs an 11-month Director of Community/Community Relations who also serves as a Volunteer Coordinator. The office is located in the Welcome Center, Room 105, 708-434-3099. Office hours are 7:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. Faculty members are encouraged to share information about their own academic or classroom projects and programs; student activities they may be involved in, and their own and their students’ awards, honors, and accomplishments for publicity in the school’s newsletters, on the school’s website, and for media coverage. The school publishes a Family Newsletter five times a year in August, October, January, March, and May. Specific deadlines are published in the Faculty/Staff Bulletin and via email throughout the school year. Note: District policies and procedures concerning release of student information require the high school to obtain written permission in advance from students’ parents or guardians before granting or facilitating media access to students age 17 and under on school premises or while under the direct supervision of high school staff. (Exceptions to this rule are public events such as athletic and performance activities and other events open and accessible to the public.) Please contact the Director of Communications in Room 105 (x. 3099) for necessary permission forms or to request help in meeting this requirement. Students’ names and photos should not appear together on district/school website. The Volunteer Coordinator (Room 105, x. 3099) is available to work with staff to identify specific volunteer needs for the school and student programs; to use school and community resources to publicize volunteer needs and recruit volunteers; and to assist with initial screening of potential volunteers. Note: All volunteers who have any repeat contact with students must undergo a criminal background check provided by the Regional Office of the Superintendent and provide proof of a negative TB test result within the last four years. Questions about clearance for student teachers and observers should be directed to the Director of Assessment and Research.


DUPLICATING AND TYPING SERVICES (Revised 0209)

The Duplicating Room (Room 235) is open from 6:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. All machines in the room are for faculty use except the larger machine, which is for Duplicating Staff use only. All requests for duplicating should be made via the proper form (see appendix). The form must be completed as thoroughly as possible. Duplicating requests require a minimum of 24 hours to complete. During peak times of usage (just before the end of a grading period or just before an extended vacation) additional time may be required to complete requests. When in doubt, drop off your requests early. All hand-written materials should be done with black ink – other colors and pencil do not always copy clearly. Personal copies are 5 cents per sheet. Work done in pursuit of academic degrees or for courses outside of the High School is considered to be personal. Students are not permitted in the Duplicating Room at any time. All copyright laws must be respected when requesting duplicating services and when using duplicating equipment in the building.


FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA)

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) protects the privacy of student education records. The law applies to all schools that receive funds under an applicable program of the U.S. Department of Education. FERPA gives parents certain rights with respect to the children’s education records. These rights transfer to the student when the student reaches the age of 18. In general, the basic FERPA rights are as listed below. 1) Parents or eligible students have the right to inspect and review the student’s education records maintained by the school. 2) Parents or eligible students have the right to request that a school correct records,

which they believe to be inaccurate or misleading. 3) Generally, schools must have written permission from the parent or eligible

student in order to release any information from a student’s education record. Exceptions to the written permission are school officials with legitimate educational interest; other schools to which a student is transferring, specified officials for audit or evaluation purposes; appropriate parties in connection with financial aid to a student; organizational conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the school, accrediting organizations; to comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; appropriate officials in cases of health and safety emergencies; and state and local authorities within a juvenile justice system pursuant to specific state law.

Schools may disclose without consent “directory information” such as a student’s name,

address, telephone number, date, and place of birth, honors, and awards and dates of attendance. However, schools must notify parents and eligible students about the release

of directory information and give a reasonable period of time to request that such information not be released. The actual means of notification is left to the discretion of

the school.



FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES

DEFINITION A field trip is defined as an educational opportunity available to all of the students in one (or more than one) entire class which would cause those students to miss other classes and/or which would take the students off of school property for one or more periods. APPROVAL PROCEDURES A Field Trip Request form, signed by the sponsoring teacher and the appropriate Division Head, must be submitted to the Principal by the end of the third week of each semester. After the third week of the semester, proposals for field trips will be considered in cases where it is clear that information about the activity involved was unavailable during the first three weeks of the semester and if other guidelines are not violated. In no case will a field trip be approved less than two weeks prior to the occurrence of the trip. 1. A calendar of approved field trips will be distributed to the faculty by the end of the

fourth week of each semester. Announcements about field trips approved after the distribution of the calendar will be made to faculty via the faculty bulletin or staff e-mail.

2. In developing the calendar, the Principal, after conferring with the sponsoring teacher,

may change dates in order to avoid having more than two field trips on a given day or having an excessive number of students involved in field trips.

3. Parental permission must be secured for any field trip which takes students off of school

property and/or which extends beyond normal school hours. The sponsoring teacher will collect signed Parent Approval Requests from all field trip attendees. The division secretary will file the original permission slips and the final list of attendees with the attendance office at least five school days prior to the date of the trip. Sponsoring teachers should take copies of the signed permission slips with them on the field trip for access to parent emergency contact numbers.

Note: Students who fail to submit parent permission slips by the deadline will not be allowed to participate in the field trip.

4. A final list of those students who will participate in the trip will be distributed to the

faculty by the sponsoring teacher at least two days before the trip, either via staff e-mail or the faculty bulletin. An attendance list should accompany the original parent permission slips submitted to the Attendance Office.


FIELD TRIP RESTRICTIONS 1. No class may have more than one field trip per grading period except those classes that

have a field or performance orientation as determined by the Division Head and the Principal.

2. A field trip shall not be scheduled during the last week of a grading period, during the

two weeks prior to semester exams, on the day before winter break or spring break, or on the first two days of a new grading period. Exceptions to these restrictions will be considered by the Principal only if the sponsor of the trip is willing to allow individual teachers the opportunity to deny individual students permission to participate in the trip. (See attached Guidelines for Scheduling Field Trips During Restricted Periods.)

3. Additional field trips will not be allowed on a day when there are already approved field

trips involving more than 150 students. TRANSPORTATION 1. The Business Office will order all buses or rented vehicles based upon information the

sponsoring teacher provides on the Field Trip Request form. If more than one vehicle is used, there must be an adult chaperone in each vehicle. If the students are to take public transportation, the sponsoring teacher should request funds in advance to pay for the fares. If the trip is canceled after approval has been given and a bus has been ordered, the sponsoring teacher must inform the Office of the Principal in sufficient time to issue a notice of cancellation to the Business Office to cancel the bus. Furthermore, if a substitute teacher has been scheduled, the sponsoring teacher must contact the substitute coordinator in sufficient time to cancel the substitute teacher. See Canceled/Revised Field Trips on page 4.

2. To use school-owned vehicles, the sponsoring teacher should make arrangements with

the secretary of Buildings and Grounds. 3. The sponsoring teacher must note on the bus driver’s form the exact time of arrival of the

bus and the exact time of return of the bus to the school to facilitate invoicing the District. Deliver a copy of the signed invoice to your Division Head.

4. Transportation costs for field trips taken within a 150-mile radius of Oak Park will be

covered entirely by the school. For trips beyond that distance, students will need to be assessed for the transportation cost. The sponsoring teacher should seek clarification of these procedures from the Business Office prior to the field trip.

5. Only transportation costs will be funded by the school. The cost of tickets, admission

fees, and meals will not be covered. The sponsoring teacher is to assess each student for these expenses. Arrangements for securing the funds collected should be made with the Business Office.


6. Insurance Coverage:

a. A District 200 employee or non-staff volunteer who transports our students to a school-sponsored activity in a school-owned vehicle is covered by school insurance.

b. A District 200 employee or a non-staff volunteer who transports our students to a

school-sponsored activity in his/her own vehicle is responsible for full insurance liability. The school district does not insure transportation of our students in private vehicles.

c. The driver of any vehicle on school business must be appropriately licensed.

CHAPERONES An appropriate number of adult chaperones should accompany each field trip to ensure student safety and good behavior. Any gender-mixed group of students on an overnight trip must have both a male and a female chaperone. Additional chaperones beyond the sponsoring teacher should not be district employees if it would cause these employees to lose work time. If more than one vehicle is being used to transport the students, an adult chaperone must be present in each vehicle. MISCELLANEOUS 1. To decide whether or not to participate in a scheduled field trip, students should consider

the impact of missing their other classes to participate in the field trip as well as the impact of missing the field trip to attend their other classes. Neither the sponsoring teacher nor the teacher whose class is missed may penalize the student for the decision the student makes. (Makeup work reasonably equivalent to the missed learning experience is not considered a penalty.)

2. Students are to secure assignments in advance from teachers whose classes they will

miss due to a field trip. Homework assignments are to be completed promptly and should be ready for submission on the day of the student’s return to class. Should a student need extra help to complete homework assignments, such help should be sought before school on the day after the student returns from the trip.

3. All school behavior standards are to be maintained during a field trip. Students are

expected to remain under the supervision of the sponsoring teacher in charge throughout the entire field trip experience. Students are to return to the school with the sponsoring teacher and the field trip group unless written parental permission is secured in advance to do otherwise.

4. The Principal may grant exceptions to these limitations if unavoidable or unusual

circumstances occur. 5. The sponsoring teacher is responsible for making appropriate provisions for those

students not participating in the field trip. These provisions could include the employment of a substitute teacher or the cooperation of a fellow division member.


Sponsoring teachers must complete an Absence Request Form to secure a substitute teacher; the Field Trip Request form constitutes neither a request for absence nor a request for a substitute teacher.

CANCELED/REVISED FIELD TRIPS If a sponsoring teacher must cancel or revise an approved field trip, the teacher must notify the Office of the Principal immediately. The Principal will issue a notice of cancellation or revision to the Attendance Office and the Business Office. Any fees associated with failure to provide the Office of the Principal with timely notice of cancellation/revision shall be the responsibility of the division that approved the original field trip. Also see Transportation on page 2. The sponsoring teacher must contact the substitute coordinator if a substitute has been requested for a canceled/revised field trip.

(Revised 09/08)

.


OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL – BUS PRICE LIST

Hours of Service - After 9:00 am and before 2:00 pm-weekdays DESTINATION 2 hrs

or less 3 hrs or less

4 hrs or less

5 hrs or less

6 hrs or less

Mileage (1-way)

Mileage (roundtrip)

Addison, IL.

250 250 250 280

310 16.1 32.2Alsip, IL.

320 320 320 350 380 26.48 52.96Antioch, IL. 590 590 590 620 650 53 106

Arlington Heights, IL. 350 350 350 380 390 30.02 60.04

Aurora, IL. 360 360 360 390 410 31.11 62.22

Barrington Hills, IL. 395 395 395 425 455 35.31

70.62

Barrington Woods, IL. 380 380 380 410 440 33.38 66.76

Barrington, IL. 395 395 395 425 455 34.96 69.92

Bartlett, IL. 315 315 315 345 375

25.86 51.72

Batavia, IL. 385 385 385 415 445 34.08 68.16

Bensenville, IL. 250 250 250 280

310 15.83 31.66

Berkeley Park, IL. 335 335 335 365 395

27.84 55.68

Berkeley, IL. 200 200 200 230 260

8.23 16.46

Berwyn, IL. 170 170 170 200

235 3.78 7.56

Bolingbrook, IL. 320 320 320 350 380

26.48 52.96

Braidwood, IL. 615 615 615 645 675 58.75 117.5

Brookfield, IL. 195 195 195 225 260

7.89 15.78

Buffalo Grove, IL. 385 385 385 415 445 33.8 67.6

Burbank, IL. 225 225 225 255

285 12.66 25.32

Burr Ridge, IL. 260 260 260 290

320 17.33 34.66

Carol Stream, IL 300 300 300 330 360 23.15 46.3


Carpentersville, IL. 470 470 470 500 535

38.35 76.7

Champaign, IL 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,260 1,290

145.26 290.52

Chesterton, IN. (Indiana Sand Dunes) 610 610 610 640 670 57.23 114.46

Chicago (Between Fullerton and Cermak) 205 205 205 215 225 10.52 21.04

Chicago (N. of Fullerton Ave.) 2400 N 210 210 210 220 230 11.3 22.6

Chicago (S. of Cermak Rd.) 210 210 210 220 230 11.3 22.6

Chicago Heights, IL. 470 470 470 500 535

38.88 77.76

Cicero, IL. 170 170 170 200

235 4.27 8.54

Countryside, IL. 265 265 265 295 325 17.85 35.7

Crestwood, IL. 335 335 335 365 395

27.64 55.28

Crete, IL. 560 560 560 590 620

43.43 86.86

Crystal Lake, IL. 570 570 570 590 620

45.95 91.9

Darien, IL. 275 275 275 305 340 19.43 38.86

Deerfield, IL. 370 370 370 400 430 31.82 63.64

DeKalb, IL. 610 610 610 640 670 56.93 113.86

Des Plaines, IL. 290 290 290 320 350 20.87 41.74

Dixon, IL. 760 760 760 790 820 95.44 190.88

Downers Grove, IL. 295 295 295 325 355 21.35 42.7

Elgin, IL. 390 390 390 420 450 34.71 69.42

Elk Grove Village, IL. 285 285 285 315 345 20.25 40.5

Elmhurst, IL. 220 220 220 250 280 10.84 21.68

Elmwood Park, IL. 170 170 170 200

235 3.7 7.4

Evanston, IL. 260 260 260 290

320 16.91 33.82

Flossmoor, IL. 470 470 470 500 535

38.42 76.84

Forest Park, IL. 165 165 165 195

225 1.85 3.7

Frankfort, IL. 415 415 415 445 475 36.8573.7

Franklin Park, IL. 185 185 185 210 240 7.4914.98


Geneva, IL. 365 365 365 395 425

31.6663.32

Glen Ellyn, IL. 275 275 275 305 340

19.7839.56

Glenco, IL. 290 290 290 320 350

20.7241.44

Glendale Heights, IL. 315 315 315 345 375 2652

Glenview, IL. 320 320 320 350 380 26.48 52.96

Gurnee, IL. 570 570 570 590 620 45.9591.9

Highland Park, IL. 390 390 390 420 450

34.2868.56

Highland, IL. 1,470 1,470 1,470 1,500 1,535 278.52557.04

Hillside, IL. 185 185 185 215 245 7.4614.92

Hinsdale, IL. 260 260 260 290320

16.3432.68

Hoffman Estates, IL. 310 310 310 340 370

24.9549.9

Homewood, IL. 410 410 410 440 455

36.4272.84

Indianhead Park, IL. 220 220 220 250 280

10.8621.72

Ingleside, IL. 590 590 590 620 650

52.88105.76

Itasca, IL. 275 275 275 305 340

19.7839.56

Joliet, IL. 410 410 410 440 470

36.8273.64

Lagrange, IL. (Cook) 230 230 230 260290

13.3326.66

Lake Forest, IL. 545 545 545 575 605 39.8179.62

Lake Geneva, WI. 675 675 675 705 735 74.57149.14

Lake Villa, IL. 590 590 590 620 650

53.22106.44

Lake Zurich, IL. 410 410 410 440 455

36.5573.1

Lemont, IL. 310 310 310 340 370

25.4450.88

Libertyville, IL. 550 550 550 580 610

40.7981.58

Lincolnshire, IL. 380 380 380 410 440

32.9365.86

Lisle, IL. 285 285 285 315 345

20.4140.82

Lockport, IL. 395 395 395 425 455

35.370.6

Lombard, IL. 235 235 235 265 295

14.3828.76


Lyons, IL. 185 185 185 215 245 6.8113.62

Maywood, IL. 180 180 180 210 240 4.388.76

Melrose Park, IL. 170 170 170 200235

4.218.42

Midlothian, IL. 350 350 350 380 390 30.0260.04

Midway Airport 215 215 215 245 275

9.3918.78

Milwaukee, WI 745 745 745 775 805 92.77185.54

Morton, IL. 1,240 1,240 1,240 1,275 1,310 155.3310.6

Mt. Prospect, IL. 310 310 310 340 370

25.0850.16

Mundelein, IL. 545 545 545 575 605 40.3980.78

Munster, IN. 455 455 455 485 515 38.1376.26

Naperville, IL. 365 365 365 395 425

31.6663.32

New Lenox, IL. 410 410 410 440 455

36.372.6

Niles, IL. 215 215 215 245 275

9.4518.9

Normal, IL. 975 975 975 1005 1,135 129.99259.98

Norridge,IL. 200 200 200 230 260 8.1316.26

Northbrook, IL. 340 340 340 370 400 28.8257.64

Northlake, IL. 215 215 215 245 275

8.8117.62

Oak Lawn, IL. 305 305 305 335 365

23.5947.18

Oak Park, IL. 135 135 135 165 195 2.14.2

Oak Forest, IL. 370 370 370 400 430 32.1464.28

Oakbrook, IL. 220 220 220 250 280

11.1922.38

O'Hare Int'l Airport 275 275 275 305 340

19.5239.04

Olympia Fields, IL. 550 550 550 580 610

40.5781.14

Oregon, IL. 745 745 745 775 805 92.77185.54

Orland Park, IL. 315 315 315 345 375 26.0152.02

Oswego, IL. 435 435 435 465 495 37.4874.96

Ottawa, IL. 690 690 690 720 750 80.52161.04


Palatine, IL. 350 350 350 380 390 30.0260.04

Park Ridge, IL. 275 275 275 305 340

19.7839.56

Paw Paw, IL. 655 655 655 685 715 67.95135.9

Peoria, IL. 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,260 1,290 163.57327.14

Plainfield, IL. 395 395 395 425 455

35.3170.62

Porter, IN. 595 595 595 625 655 53.91107.82

River Forest, IL. 165 165 165 195235

2.44.8

River Grove, IL. 180 180 180 210 240 5.2710.54

Riverside, IL. 185 185 185 215 245 6.7113.42

Rochelle, IL. 670 670 670 700 730 73.18146.36

Rockford, IL. 720 720 720 750 780

87.18174.36

Rolling Meadows, IL. 315 315 315 345 375 26.0652.12

Romeoville, IL. 340 340 340 370 400 28.4456.88

Roselle, IL. 295 295 295 295 325

22.2744.54

Rosemont, IL. 275 275 275 305 340

18.937.8

Sawyer, MI 720 720 720 750 780

87.75175.5

Schaumburg, IL. 310 310 310 340 370

25.7451.48

Schiller Park, IL. 200 200 200 230 260 8.2516.5

Skokie, IL. 300 300 300 330 360

22.4644.92

South Chicago, IL. 295 295 295 295 325 21.35 42.7

South Elgin, IL. 385 385 385 415 445

33.7667.52

South Holland, IL. 370 370 370 400 430

32.1164.22

Spring Green, WI. 1,260 1,260 1,260 1,290 1,320 192.02384.04

Springfield, IL 1,270 1,270 1,270 1,300 1,330 197.76395.52

St. Charles, IL. 455 455 455 485 515 38.2276.44

Streamwood, IL. 350 350 350 380 390 29.5459.08

Summit, IL. (Cook) 220 220 220 250 280

10.3920.78


Summit, IL. (St. Clair) 1,490 1,490 1,490 1,520 1,550 298.41596.82

Tinley Park, IL. 365 365 365 395 425

31.663.2

Urbana, IL. 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,260 1,290 147.76295.52

Utica, IL. 730 730 730 760 790 89.48178.96

Valparaiso, IN. 630 630 630 665 695

59.19118.38

Vernon Hills, IL. 455 455 455 485 515 38.276.4

Villa Park, IL. 230 230 230 260290

13.6427.28

Warrenville, IL. 305 305 305 335 365

23.7447.48

Wauconda, IL. 560 560 560 590 620 42.985.8

Wedron, IL. 690 690 690 720 750 80.86161.72

West Chicago, IL. 360 360 360 390 410 31.0362.06

Westchester, IL. 195 195 195 225 255 7.6815.36

Western Springs, IL. 235 235 235 265 295

14.4228.84

Wheaton, IL. 320 320 320 350 380 26.48 52.96

Wheeling, IL. 350 350 350 380 390 30.0260.04

Whitewater, WI. 780 780 780 810 840 101.14202.28

Williams Bay, WI. 700 700 700 730 760 82.27164.54

Willow Springs, IL. 290 290 290 320 350

21.2942.58

Willowbrook, IL. 260 260 260 290320

17.0934.18

Wilmette, IL. 315 315 315 345 375 26.3552.7

Winnetka, IL. 285 285 285 315 345

20.3840.76

Wisconsin Dells, WI. 1,260 1,260 1,260 1,290 1,320 193.75387.5

Wood Dale, IL. 250 250 250 280310

16.2532.5

Zion, IL. 600 600 600 630 660 54.78109.56

Drop-off Only 105 105 105 105 105 <25 miles









Additional Stops

Up to 10 miles $75/stop

11-25 miles $100/stop





More than 66 miles $250/stop

1. Weekend fee= additional $30.00 to list price 2. Overtime Charge (for trips in excess of 6 hours) = $25.00 for 7th hour + $25.00 per additional hour 3. Trip before 9:00 am = additional $35.00 to trip price 4. Trip between 2:00 pm & 4:00 pm = additional $35.00 to trip price 5. Trip before 9:00 am and between 2:00 pm & 4:00 pm = additional $65.00 to trip price 6. Notice required to schedule a trip = 12 hours

7. Notice required to cancel a trip = 2 hours 8. Charge for shorter cancellation notice = $50.00 per cancellation


9. Overnight charge for one (1) night stay = $150.00 10. Overnight charge for two (2) or more nights = $300.00 11. Penalties for buses being late = as stipulated in contract and deduced from individual invoices

12. Toll fees = to be included in price for trip 13. Time changes = additional $25.00 fee, up to one (1) hour; two (2) or more hours = $25.00 per hour 14. Charge for wheelchair bus = additional $55.00 per wheelchair bus


ESTIMATE OF TRANSPORTATION COSTS (To be completed by Division Head)

Vehicle Use Guidelines

Number of Students Appropriate Vehicle To make arrangements

0-7 School Van (capacity 8, including driver) Pattie Collins, X 3698

8-14 School Mini-Bus (capacity 15, including driver) Pattie Collins, X 3698

15 and above Yellow School Bus (capacity 48) Approved Field Trip Request Form

Directions:

Circle A or B below. Complete relevant sections of part B if requesting yellow school buses. No anticipated costs (will use school vehicles, public transportation, or walk)

A) Anticipated Bus Costs

• Estimated miles, one way: ____________________ (Note: Students must be assessed for the transportation cost for field trips more than 150 miles one way from the school.) • Base Rate (Destination + Length, up to 6 hours) $ ___________ • Over 6 hours ($25/hour) NA _____ hours x $25 = $ ___________ • Compute departure/return fees: Depart before 9 a.m. $ 35 NA $ ___________ Return between 2 and 4 p.m. $ 35 NA $ ___________ OR Depart before 9 and return between 2 and 4 $ 65 NA $ ___________ • Additional stop(s) ($75 each) NA _____ stops x $75 = $ ___________ • Wheelchair bus $55 NA $ ___________

• Other _________________________________ $___________

Total cost per bus $ ___________ Total cost per trip $ ___________ (if more than 1 bus)


Oak Park and River Forest High School

ATTENDANCE GUIDELINES FOR ABSENCES DUE TO FIELD TRIPS 1. If a field trip does not take students off of school property or does not extend beyond normal school

hours:

a. Ascertain which students will accompany you on the field trip. b. Prepare a list of all such students. (A copy of your class roster with the names of students

not participating, crossed out will suffice.) c. Submit this list to your division secretary at least five school days prior to the scheduled

field trip. d. The division secretary will forward the list to the Attendance Office at least five school days

prior to the scheduled field trip. e. Students whose names are not on this list may not participate in the field trip. f. Attendance should be taken on the day of the field trip. The names of students scheduled to

take the trip but who are absent on the day of the field trip must be forwarded to the Attendance Office.

2. If a field trip either takes students off of school property or extends beyond normal school hours:

A. PARENTAL PERMISSION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL FIELD TRIP PARTICIPANTS. B. AT LEAST TEN SCHOOL DAYS BEFORE THE SCHEDULED TRIP, DISTRIBUTE THE STUDENT FIELD TRIP C. PARENT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM TO STUDENTS INTERESTED IN PARTICIPATING IN THE FIELD TRIP.

d. Collect the Parent Approval Request forms up to five school days prior to the scheduled field trip.

e. The roster that you submit to your division secretary must include only the names of those students who secured written parental permission by the deadline.

f. Students who did not secure written parental permission by the deadline may not participate in the field trip.

g. Attach the completed Parent Approval Request forms to the attendance list and follow the procedures in section 1 above.

Questions should be addressed to the office of the Director of Assessment and Research in Room 373 Ext. 3373.

(Reviewed 02/09)


STUDENT FIELD TRIP PARENT APPROVAL REQUEST The Board of Education fully endorses field trips which are of demonstrated educational value. Parent permission is required for trips which take students off of school property and for trips which extend beyond normal school hours. Directions to Teachers: Field trip sponsors must require each participating student to complete this form. The sponsoring teacher should fill in all required information in Part I, and a parent signature is required in Part II. The completed form must be returned to the sponsoring teacher at least five school days in advance of the field trip. Students who fail to do so will not be permitted to participate in the field trip. The sponsoring teacher must have on file in Room 205 an approved Field Trip Request form. A list of students participating in the trip along with copies of these Parent Approval Request forms, including parent signatures, must be filed with the division secretary at least five school days prior to the commencement of the trip. The division secretary will provide the final attendance list and original permission slips to the Attendance Office at least five school days prior to the date of the trip. Part I (To be completed by sponsoring teacher) Name of Teacher Sponsoring the Field Trip______________________________________________________ School Extension________________ Date of Field Trip _________________________________________ Periods to be missed (if any)____________ Class ______________________________________________________________________________________ Destination__________________________________________________________________________________ Time of Departure____________________________Estimated Time of Return to School _______________ Means of Transportation ______________________ Estimated Cost to Students _____________________ Part II (To be completed by student and parent/guardian) Please Print Student Name ______________________________________________________ ID # __________________ Course Name _________________________________ Teacher’s Name _____________________________ PARENTS: If you wish your child to participate in this trip, please indicate your awareness of the field trip and your consent for your child to participate. Questions or concerns should be directed to the teacher sponsoring the field trip. Note: You may be called if your son/daughter exhibits disruptive, disrespectful, and/or inappropriate behavior during any part of the trip (i.e. the bus rides or the event itself). If the behavior continues, you may be asked to retrieve your son/daughter from the bus or the event site. ___________________________________ has my permission to take part in the field trip described above.

(Student Name) Telephone number where you (parent) can be reached while the trip is taking place: _______________________________ Print Parent Name ___________________________________________ Parent Signature_____________________________________________ Date ___________________ This field trip has been approved by the Principal for the student listed above, contingent upon the return of this form to the teacher at least five school days prior to the commencement of the trip. Nathaniel Rouse, Principal Revised: 09/08 708-434-3205


OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL FIELD TRIP EVALUATION

(To be completed by the sponsoring teacher before copying for students.)

Name/Destination of Field Trip: ________________________________________________ Course: _____________________________________ Date of Field Trip: ______________ Sponsoring Teacher: __________________________________________ Division/Department: __________________________________________ (To be completed by the student.) TO THE STUDENT: I would like to know what you thought of the field trip that you recently took for the course

listed in the second space above. Your opinions will be useful in helping me determine whether the field trip should be scheduled again for other students. Please complete the simple evaluation survey below. Thank you for sharing your thoughts.

Amy V. Hill Director of Assessment and Research SURVEY: Using the key below, please respond to the statements that follow: A ‐ Strongly Agree B ‐ Agree C ‐ Disagree D ‐ Strongly Disagree _____ 1. This field trip was well organized. _____ 2. The teacher explained clearly how the experience of this field trip would complement the instruction

of this course. _____ 3. I thought the experience of this field trip was valuable enough to compensate for the inconvenience I

experienced in missing my other classes. _____ 4. This field trip was a waste of time. _____ 5. I would recommend that this or a similar field trip be planned for other students who take this course

in the future.

PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM – UNSIGNED ‐‐TO THE TEACHER WHO SPONSORED THE FIELD TRIP

Reviewed 01/09


OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL FIELD TRIP EVALUATION SUMMARY

Sponsoring Teacher, please complete the following: Name/Destination of Field Trip: ___________________________________________________ Course: _______________________________ Date of Field Trip: __________________ Sponsoring Teacher: _____________________ Department/Division: ________________ Please tally the field trip evaluation responses from the participating students and record them below: Strongly

Agree A

Agree B

Disagree

C

StronglyDisagree

D 1. The field trip was well organized.

_______ _______ _______

_______

2. The teacher explained clearly how the experience of this field trip would complement the instruction of this course.

_______

_______

_______

_______

3. I thought the experience of this field trip was

valuable enough to compensate for the inconvenience I experienced in missing my other classes.

_______

_______

_______

_______

4. This field trip was a waste of time.

_______

_______

_______

_______

5. I would recommend that this or a similar field trip

be planned for other students who take this course in the future.

_______

_______

_______

_______

Sponsoring Teacher Comments, if any: Sponsoring Teacher Signature _________________________________ Please submit a completed copy of this form to the Director of Assessment and Research and to your Division Head within 5 school days of the completion of the trip. Thank you for your cooperation.

Reviewed 01/09


GUIDELINES FOR SCHEDULING FIELD TRIPS DURING RESTRICTED PERIODS

To: ____________________________________ From: Director of Assessment and Research Date: ____________________________________ Re: Guidelines for Scheduling Field Trips During Restricted Periods, Your Field Trip Scheduled for _________________________

1. Definition of restricted periods:

• first two days of any quarter • last week of any quarter • last two weeks prior to semester exams • day before winter break or spring break

2. Teachers of students scheduled to participate in such a field trip may deny the student the

opportunity to participate under any of the following circumstances:

• student has excessive absences from that class; • student has significant makeup work due in that class; • student is in danger of failing the class for the quarter or the semester; or • student would miss a class activity which would be extremely difficult or impossible to

make up in a timely fashion. 3. The sponsoring teacher of the field trip must devise a reliable system for notifying the teachers of

field trip participants of his/her intent to pull students out of class during a restricted period. (An example of such a system is attached.) Any form of notification, including e-mail, must effectively provide classroom teachers with the opportunity to deny field trip participation to any of his/her students who fall in the categories listed in item 2 above.

4. The Director of Assessment and Research will arbitrate disagreements related to an individual

student’s participation in field trips during restricted periods. 5. All other existing field trip procedures must be followed for this field trip. 6. Sponsoring teachers who fail to adhere to these guidelines will be denied future permission to

schedule field trips during restricted periods. Check one below, sign and return to the office of the Director of Assessment and Research (Room 373).

I agree to abide by the above guidelines in conducting my requested field trip during a restricted period.

After reading the above guidelines, I have decided either to reschedule my requested field trip

during a non-restricted period or to cancel my requested field trip. Teacher Signature________________________________ Date: _______________________ Revised 02/13/04, Reviewed 01/09



ACTIVITY TRIP GUIDELINES STUDENT ACTIVITIES

PROCEDURE 1. A complete Student Activity Trip Request Form MUST be submitted to Student Activities (Room

174) at least 10 days before the trip for approval and signature. 2. Student Activities will review the form and either:

- Sign the form and forward it to the Principal or - Return the form to the Sponsor accompanied by an explanation for the rejection of the Activity Trip Request.

3. The Principal will review the form and either: - Approve the activity trip and forward it to the Business Office (copies of the approval will be sent to the sponsor, Student Activities, Substitute Personnel, Attendance Coordinator) OR - Return the form to the sponsor accompanied by an explanation for the rejection of the Activity Trip Request.

4. Once approved, notify the division head and Substitute Personnel if a teacher/sponsor will be missing class.

If using a school vehicle, fill out the School Van/Van Request Form and submit to Student Activities (Room 174) for signature. SCHOOL VEHICLES MUST BE ARRANGED BY THE SPONSOR DIRECTLY THROUGH THE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS OFFICE AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE TRIP. YELLOW BUS NOTE: School Mini buses or Vans cannot be requested more than 45 days prior to your trip. 5. NOTE: Prior to the trip, sponsors should:

• Confirm a yellow bus reservation with the Business Office OR Confirm reservation for use of a school vehicle with Buildings and Grounds

• Confirm substitute teacher with Substitute Personnel. 6. Prior to the trip, submit the following documents to Student Activities (Room 174):

• Complete list of students (ID numbers included) going on the trip • Trip itinerary (if overnight) with all relevant phone numbers including sponsors cell phone number • Parent approval forms / students without signed permission CANNOT attend the trip

6. Academic Guidelines – teachers may deny the student request to participate in an activity trip if the student falls under any of the following circumstances: ∗ student has excessive absences from that class ∗ student has significant make-up work due in that class ∗ student is in danger of failing the class for the quarter or the semester ∗ student would miss a class activity which would be extremely difficult or impossible to make-up

Questions regarding a trip should be directed to Student Activities (Room 174)

Revised 01/09



PARENT PERMISSION FORM Student Activities

Each student is required to return a signed Parent Permission Form to the sponsor in order to participate in a student activity

trip.

Student’s Name ID# Name of Club/Activity Date of trip Sponsor(s) Name Destination Periods to be excused Means of transportation Yellow Bus OPRF Mini Bus OPRF Van Other Walking Public Transportation Cost to student has my permission to take part in the activity trip described above. Student’s Name Signature of Parent Date Emergency Contact Number Revised 01/09

Please contact the sponsor if you have any questions or concerns.



ACTIVITY TRIP REQUEST FORM Student Activities

Submit to the Assistant Principal for Student Activities (Room 174) a minimum of 10 days prior to scheduled trip/activity Name of club/activity: Name of sponsor(s): Date of trip: Sponsor’s Cell #: DESTINATION Destination: Address: City: Phone number: PARTICIPANTS (# OF STUDENTS) Sponsor in Charge: Other adult(s) attending: PURPOSE Describe the trip: TRANSPORTATION Yellow OPRF OPRF Means of transportation (please circle one) Bus Mini Bus School Van Other TIME SCHEDULE AND ITINERARY (Please provided detailed itinerary if trip is overnight) Leave school a.m. or p.m. Leave destination a.m. or p.m. Due at destination a.m. or p.m. Return to school a.m. or p.m. COSTS TO STUDENTS ‐ $______ ACADEMIC Will students miss any classes? (Please circle one) yes no Indicate periods Will a substitute teacher be required? (Please circle one) yes no Indicate periods SIGNATURES Signature of Activity Sponsor Date Signature, Assistant Principal for Student Activities Date Signature of Principal Date Approved Not Approved REMINDER: EVERY PARTICIPANT MUST HAVE A SIGNED PARENT PERMISSION FORM PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION IN THE ACTIVITY DISTRIBUTION: Fiscal Clerk Requestor Student Activities Principal Revised 01/09


RESTRICTIONS FOR SCHEDULING ACTIVITY TRIPS

Student activity trips may not be scheduled during the school day. Some exceptions may be made for competitions. Teachers of students scheduled to participate in an activity trip may deny the student’s request to participate under any of the following circumstances: • Student has excessive absences from that class. • Student has significant make-up work due in that class. • Student is in danger of failing the class for the quarter or the semester. • Student would miss a class activity, which would be extremely difficult or impossible to make-up. The sponsor of the activity trip must notify the teachers of the trip participants and their intent to pull students out of class. This system may vary depending on the circumstances surrounding the trip. However, they must effectively provide teachers with the opportunity to deny trip participation to any students who fall in the above categories. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities will arbitrate disagreements related to individual student’s participation in activity trips.


OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL FIELD TRIP REQUEST

Today’s Date _____________________________ Division _________________________________Department_________________________________ Sponsoring Teacher(s) __________________________Date(s) of trip_____________________________ Classes Participating: _____________________________________________________________________ (Periods and Titles) Approximate Number of Student Participants: Fr. _______ Soph. _______ Jr. _______ Sr. _______Total _____ Destination Est. miles Address City (one way) Telephone number at destination _____________________________ Cell Phone of Sponsoring Teacher ____________ (For emergency contact during transit) Description of trip activities ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ What educational benefit will the students gain from the trip which cannot be accomplished in the classroom and which justifies their being absent from other classes? ______________________________________________________________________________________________ Additional Adult Chaperones______________________________Means of transportation _________________ Cost of transportation (If more than 150 miles from school) _____________Other cost to students __________ Itemize_______________________________________________________________________________________ Are any special accommodations needed? ___________________________________________________________ Provisions for students not participating in the field trip Time schedule: Students will miss periods __________ Leave school AM PM Will students be gone beyond regular school hours? _______________ Due at destination __________ AM PM If yes, describe: ______________________________________ Leave destination __________ AM PM Period(s) substitute is needed for sponsoring teacher(s) _____________ Return to school ___________ AM PM Parent Permission Required: _______ YES ________ NO Signature Lines: ______________________________________________ Teacher Date _______________________ ______________________________________________ Division Head Date _______________________ ______________________________________________ Director of Assessment and Research Date _______________________ Account # _________________________________ (For transportation costs.) Revised 05/19/04

Complete and return to Division Head for approval. (Division Secretary: Submit to Instruction Office, Room 373.)

Division Head Division Secretary (input substitute request) Substitute Coordinator Sponsoring Teacher(s) Attendance Business Office (Bus Order)


GUIDELINES: FOOD AND DRINK IN BUILDING Reviewed 01/09

Staff members from all divisions and offices are encouraged to use the Staff Café and/or staff facilities for coffee break and lunch purposes. In addition, the following guidelines regarding the preparation, transportation, consumption, storage, and disposal of food and drink outside the cafeteria and lounge should be observed:

1. Food or drink should be covered when carried through the halls.

2. Cooking or warming of food should occur only in the cafeteria or in divisional work areas.

3. Cooking appliances should not be operated in classrooms or in individual offices.

4. Food should be stored overnight in refrigerators or covered containers.

5. Food or drink leftovers should be discarded in containers with plastic liners.

6. Prepared food should not be ordered from outside vendors for delivery to the school.

The staff in room 105 will not accept deliveries of such items.

7. In an effort to promote a healthy environment for students with food allergies, NO FOOD OR DRINK is allowed in the classroom.


GUIDELINES FOR INTERACTING WITH STUDENTS The following guidelines have been recommended by the District’s Collective Liability Insurance Cooperative (CLIC) to assist personnel in making decisions about interactions with students in school district programs and sponsored events. These guidelines are not designed or intended to address interactions within families. General Conduct 1. Personnel are responsible for releasing students in a custodial care relationship only to

parents, legal guardians, or other persons designated by parents or legal guardians. In the event that personnel are uncertain of the propriety of releasing a student, they should locate or contact their immediate supervisor before releasing the child.

2. Personnel will report unmanageable or unusual behavior of students to parents or legal

guardians as soon as possible.

3. Personnel are prohibited from the use, possession, distribution, or being under the influence of alcohol, tobacco products, or any illegal drugs while in the presence of students.

4. Personnel may occasionally be in a position to provide transportation for students. The

following guidelines should be strictly observed when personnel are involved in the transportation of students:

a. With the exception of emergency situations or medical needs, students should

never be transported without written permission. b. Students should be transported directly to their destination. No unauthorized

stops should be made. c. Personnel will avoid unnecessary and/or inappropriate physical contact with

students while in vehicles. d. Drivers who are assigned to transport students must be at least 21 years old. e. Transportation logs will be utilized at all times. f. Whenever possible, personnel should endeavor to utilize two adults when

transporting.

5. Personnel will respond to students with respect and consideration and treat all students equally, regardless of sex, race, religion, culture, sexual orientation, or socio-economic status. Personnel will portray a positive role model for students by maintaining an attitude of respect, patience, and maturity.

6. Personnel are prohibited from speaking to students in a way that is or could be construed

by any observer as harsh, coercive, threatening, intimidating, shaming, derogatory,


demeaning, or humiliating. Personnel are expected to refrain from swearing in the presence of students.

7. One-to-one counseling with students will be done in a public place where private

conversations are possible but occur in full view of others.

8. Personnel are cautioned against initiating sexually oriented conversations with students. Staff in a mentoring or counseling relationship may respond to sexually oriented questions or comments from students, but will do so in a manner consistent with the values and position statements of the school district. Personnel are not permitted to discuss their own sexual activities with students.

9. No personnel may date a student or become romantically or sexually involved with a

student.

10. All personnel, including personnel under the age of 18, will maintain appropriate boundaries when in positions of power with program participants.

11. Personnel will refrain from intimate displays of affection towards others in the presence

of students, parents, and other personnel.

12. Money or gifts will not be given to students, except for within the context of a group gift, given to all participants in celebration of special events or recognition.

13. Personnel will never be nude or inappropriately dressed in the presence of students.

Personnel must be well groomed and appropriately dressed at all times.

14. Changing and showering facilities for adults should be separate from facilities for students. In circumstances where facilities are shared, scheduling will be modified to ensure that changing and showering facilities will not be utilized by adults and students simultaneously.

15. Personnel are prohibited from possessing any sexually oriented or morally inappropriate

printed materials (magazines, cards, videos, films, clothing, etc.) on school district property or in the presence of students.

16. Personnel are prohibited from viewing or downloading any sexually oriented or morally

inappropriate Internet materials on school district property or in the presence of students.

17. Personnel are prohibited from sleeping in the same beds, sleeping bags or small tents with students unless the adult is an immediate family member of the child or youth.

18. Any contact between personnel and students which takes place outside the context of

scheduled activities or job description (phone calls, letters or face-to-face conversations)


and is unrelated to programs sponsored by the school district, will be permitted only with the express approval of the student’s parents. Parents must be advised of the nature of the contact, and that such is not part of a school district activity.

Physical Contact The school district has implemented a physical contact policy that will promote a positive, nurturing environment while protecting students and personnel from misunderstandings. The following guidelines are to be carefully followed by all personnel working with students. 1. Appropriate affection between personnel and students is important for the student’s

development. The following forms of affection are regarded as appropriate example for most school district programs and sponsored programs:

• Side hugs; • Pats on the shoulder or back; • Handshakes; • “High-fives” and hand slapping; • Verbal praise; • Touching hands, shoulders and arms of children; • Arms around shoulders; • Holding hands while walking with small children; • Sitting beside small children; and • Pats on the head when culturally appropriate. (For example, this gesture should

typically be avoided in some Asian communities.)

2. Some forms of physical affection have been used by adults to initiate inappropriate contact with students. In order to maintain the safest possible environment for students, the following are examples of affection that are not to be used in school sponsored and affiliated programs:

• Full body hugs or lengthy embraces; • Kisses on the mouth; • Holding children over two years old on the lap; • Touching bottoms, chests or genital areas; • Showing affection in isolated areas of the program such as coat rooms, closets,

staff-only areas, or other private rooms; 3. Personnel must use positive techniques of guidance, including redirection, positive

reinforcement and encouragement rather than inappropriate competition, comparison and criticism.


4. Personnel will have age appropriate expectations and guidelines that minimize the need for discipline.

Supervision of Programs

General Monitoring

1. Childcare programs will utilize check-in and check-out procedures that protect small children from unauthorized pick-ups.

2. Personnel will never leave a student unsupervised. 3. Personnel must avoid being alone with a single student where they cannot be observed by

others. 4. In special programs that require one-to-one contact, additional safeguards must be in

place. Examples of safeguards include surveying of students, contact with students by supervisors and contact logs which are kept by personnel.

5. A minimum of two screened adults should be available in each program facility. 6. The adult-child ratio should meet state guidelines and should be directly related to the

goals of the program, the design of the facility, and the use of other community resources. 7. The adult-child ratio should be adjusted for those programs that serve students with

special needs. 8. Parents are welcome to observe programs and activities in which their child(ren) are

involved with prior communication with the teacher. In addition, parents who desire to participate in or have continuous, ongoing contact with their child(ren)’s programs are required to complete the volunteer application process and screening.

9. Personnel under the age of 18 must be directly supervised by an adult over the age of 21. 10. The Student Activities Office (Room 174) will maintain an up-to-date list of approved

school district sponsored programs for students. The list will include activities, purpose, sponsors or coordinators of the programs, meeting times, and locations.

11. Personnel are not permitted to develop new activities for students without approval from

School Administration. Requests to develop new activities should be submitted in writing to the Assistant Principal for Student Activities.

12. All school district programs serving students will obtain state licensure or accreditation

when appropriate.


Faculty Monitoring

1. All unused rooms, storage areas, and closet doors must be kept locked at all times.

2. All unused buildings and areas must be designated, posted, and enforced as off-limits to students.

3. All students are required to remain in facility areas that are easily viewed by personnel.

4. All facilities are required to utilize open doors, open blinds and windows to allow

informal monitoring by passersby.

5. All access to keys must be controlled for all facility areas. Monitoring High-Risk Activities

1. Each program will develop age-appropriate procedures to ensure the safety of students

using restrooms.

a. While supervising or assisting private activities such as dressing or showering students, personnel are never to be alone with a single student.

b. Personnel must conduct or supervise diapering and dressing of infants and/or

toddlers in an observable area of work in pairs.

2. At least two personnel will supervise overnight activities. When both boys and girls are taking part, male and female chaperones must be present.

Reviewed 01/09


GUIDELINES FOR ALLOWING OUTSIDE RESEARCH AT OPRFHS

1. Oak Park and River Forest High School supports academic research that benefits the needs both of its students and of the institution. OPRFHS cannot support research, which excessively impinges upon student instructional time, violates federal or state guidelines, or is merely self-serving in nature.

2. Instructional Council members will share research proposals with the IC. The

Superintendent and/or the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction will have final approval of any proposed third party student surveys/ questionnaires or any such academic research proposals recommended by IC members.

3. Notice will be provided to parents prior to the administration of any research agenda

involving students. Parents may disallow their child(ren)’s participation in any research project. Parents will, upon their request, be permitted to inspect any survey/questionnaire given to students within a reasonable time of their request. Parental consent is not required for student participation in a research effort, unless the research agenda requires personal information from the student.

4. Prior written consent of the student’s parent or guardian must be obtained before a

student can be required to submit to a District or third-party survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals the following information:

• Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or his parent/guardian • Mental or psychological problems of a student or his/her family • Sexual behavior or attitudes about sex • Illegal, anti-social, self incriminating, or demeaning behavior • Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom students have close family

relationships • Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those with

lawyers, physicians, an ministers • Religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or his/her

parents/guardians • Income (other than required to determine eligibility for participation in a program

or for receiving financial assistance under such program)

School staff shall not disclose the identity of any student who, upon written consent of the parent/guardian, completes any survey or evaluation regarding the above items.

(Reviewed 02/09)


GUIDELINES FOR SPEAKERS

Outside speakers can add richness to our classrooms that might not otherwise be available. Guest speakers are often invited into the school to expose students to complex, controversial or minority perspectives. We can continue to invite these speakers only as long as we are confident that our guest speakers are qualified. Towards that goal, the following guidelines have been established. 1. Speakers should have adequate qualifications and preparation in their field. In most cases,

this will be reflected in academic achievement (degrees, etc.) but sometimes experiential qualifications will be sufficient.

2. All sides of an argument need to be presented so our students can gain a full appreciation

of controversial issues. Toward this end, efforts must be made to present those positions that guest speakers neglect. This need not necessarily be done at the same event, but rather sometime during the academic year.

3. Permission to speak in a classroom does not mean permission to distribute literature. As a

general rule, guest speakers should not be allowed to distribute booklets, pamphlets, etc. unless that literature reflects a balanced and comprehensive treatment of the subject.

4. Sponsoring teachers should discuss with their Division Head the intent to invite a guest

speaker to the building. Because our colleagues and their students may also benefit from the speaker, they should be extended an invitation to attend whenever possible.

5. Whenever possible, a recording of a guest speaker’s presentation should be made. Such

recordings can be an educational tool for other teachers and students and can also clearly record exactly what any speaker says during his or her presentation.

6. The process for arranging an outside speaker must begin by contacting the Director of

Assessment and Research. 7. The sponsoring teacher should carefully discuss exactly what they expect to be covered in

the presentation with the speaker before the presentation is made.

Reviewed 01/09


HOUSEKEEPING/MAINTENANCE

For all non‐emergency housekeeping or maintenance requests, a “Work Order” form should be completed online. For emergency requests, phone the B&G office at extension 3198. Never leave your classroom unattended. Be sure you close and lock all doors and windows and turn off the lights when you leave. Lock up all valuables nightly, especially if your room is being used for night school. During winter, spring, and summer breaks, faculty are advised to take personal items home.

(Revised 0209)



INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL SEMESTER

Internship/Independent Study is an alternative program intended to meet the needs of those students who have demonstrated a high degree of academic maturity and who possess the aptitude to pursue coursework with greatly reduced student-teacher interaction. Students who apply for and are accepted for inclusion in this program are fully responsible for keeping the program of Internship/Independent Study going until its successful conclusion. In this program, students may pursue academic credit under the supervision of a teacher endorsed or certified in the subject area being studied and may complete credit requirements without attending regular class sessions. Internship/Independent Study provides opportunities for academic enrichment beyond that which is offered in the published curriculum or accessibility to course work that cannot be scheduled into the student’s daily schedule. A student may take only one Internship/Independent Study course per semester, and no more than four credits of Internship/ Independent Study may apply toward graduation, unless approved by the Director of Assessment and Research. No course specifically required for graduation may be taken as an Internship/ Independent Study, nor may specific state mandates be satisfied through Internship/Independent Study. Furthermore, students may not exceed identified course load limits during a given semester through the use of Internship/Independent Study without the approval of the Director of Assessment and Research. Any student interested in pursuing Internship/Independent Study should consult with the sponsoring subject matter teacher, the division head, and the counselor after securing parental approval. Division head, counselor, cooperating teacher, and parental approval are required to participate in this program. Final approval of the Director of Assessment and Research is required according to the following procedures: 1. A request for Internship/Independent Study should be initiated by the student and his/her

parent/guardian with the cooperation and approval of a teacher certified or endorsed in the subject matter of the area being studied and the division head of that subject area.

2. Once the written certification of the approval of the Internship/Independent Study proposal

has been secured from the parent, the cooperating teacher, and the division head, registration for the Internship/Independent Study must be arranged with the counselor. Such registration must be accomplished prior to the end of the second week of the semester within which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur. The final approval of the proposal will be contingent, in part, upon submission of a satisfactory outline of the proposed course of study, a defined goal or goals, and a detailed description of the activities and evaluation plan for the course of study. The pupil semester load limits described in the Academic Catalog may not be exceeded through the use of Internship/Independent Study without the authorization of the Director of Assessment and Research.

3. Scheduling should be arranged through the student’s counselor. Within each period (and

early bird), an identified course number is designated for use with Internship/Independent Study registrations.


4. With the guidance of the cooperating teacher supervising the Internship/Independent Study,

the student must maintain a portfolio of Internship/Independent Study activities. The portfolio must include detailed descriptions of work done to achieve subject comprehension and mastery and a log of student hours spent pursuing the Internship/Independent Study. The portfolio must also include any material that will aid in evaluating the scope and content covered and the level of student achievement. Upon completion of the course of study, a synopsis of the Internship/Independent Study (approved by the cooperating teacher and the division head) must be submitted to the counselor for inclusion in the student’s records.

5. There must be at least one meeting per week between the student and the cooperating

teacher to discuss the direction and progress of the pursuit of the Internship/Independent Study. The goal of these meetings is to give the cooperating teacher a weekly opportunity to monitor the student’s progress on the Internship/Independent Study. Students on Internship/Independent Study are subject to Athletic and Academic weekly tracking just like students enrolled in other regularly scheduled courses.

6. Cooperating teachers shall supervise no more than two students for Internship/Independent

Study per semester unless approved by the Director of Assessment and Research. Grades shall be awarded by the cooperating teacher for Internship/Independent Study based on the school’s grading guidelines.

7. All requests for Internship/Independent Study which have received the written approval of

the parent, the cooperating teacher, the division head, and the counselor and which meet all of the requirements described above must be on file with the Director of Assessment and Research during the first two weeks of the semester within which the Internship/Independent Study is scheduled to occur.

8. Any request for exceptions to the requirements described above must be submitted in

writing to the Director of Assessment and Research by the start of the semester within which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur. The Director of Assessment and Research will consider the request and grant exceptions to these requirements as deemed appropriate.

9. At the end of each semester, the Assistant Superintendent for Operations will provide grade

sheets only to those cooperating teachers whose Internships/Independent Studies have been approved according to these procedures. The Director of Assessment and Research will provide a list of approved Internships/Independent Studies for the semester to the Assistant Superintendent for Operations in a timely fashion so as to provide such grade sheets.

10. Failure to abide by the Internship/Independent Study requirements described in these

procedures will result in the loss of credit being pursued through the Internship/Independent Study.


REQUEST FOR INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY – FALL

SEMESTER Deadline: September 2010

Note: A completed and approved Request for Internship/Independent Study must be filed with the Director of Assessment and Research within the first two weeks of the semester during which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur. Student Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________________ Student ID Number: ___________________ Counselor: __________________________ Project to be completed during Fall 2009 semester. Cooperating Teacher: ___________________________________ Brief description of the project: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ I understand that this Internship/Independent Study is not a specific course required for graduation, nor is it intended to fulfill a state mandate for graduation. Concluding the Internship/Independent Study, I will provide proof of completion of the Internship/ Independent Study through a portfolio which includes a description of goals, activities, hours spent, evaluation techniques, and a synopsis of what was accomplished. I will not receive credit for this Internship/Independent Study until this completed portfolio is submitted to the cooperating teacher and approved by the end of the fall 2009 semester. Student signature: _____________________________________ Date: ____________ Parent signature of approval: ___________________________ Date: ____________

A. I have read the information described above and the proposed course description. I understand that my cooperation in this Internship/Independent Study would require

(a) Maintaining a file which would include material to be used to evaluate the scope and content of the project and the achievement of the student. A written synopsis of the project should be included in this record.

(b) Meeting with this student at least once per week for a time equivalent to one class period to provide direction for the project.

(c) Evaluating the project with a final grade. Cooperating Teacher signature: ______________________________ Date: _________

(Over)

Counselor Counselor Secretary Cooperating Teacher(s) Division Head Student Parent/Guardian


B. I have reviewed the attached course outline and application for Internship/Independent

Study. I certify that the cooperating teacher of this Internship/Independent Study is certified in the area of credit to be awarded, and I approve this request for Internship/Independent Study.

Division Head signature: _________________________________ Date: ___________ C. I endorse this request for Internship/Independent Study. I have made the necessary

arrangements so that this student’s class schedule will enable him/her to meet with the cooperating teacher on a regular basis. I hereby forward this request to the Director of Assessment and Research prior to the end of the second week of the semester within which the Internship/Independent Study is to occur.

Counselor signature: ________________________________ Date: ___________ D. I approve this Internship/Independent Study project and will forward copies of this

approved request to the student, parent, cooperating teacher, division head, and counselor. The student participating in this Internship/Independent Study is fully responsible for meeting all identified expectations of this approved Internship/ Independent Study and for ensuring an ongoing pursuit of this course of study.

Director of Assessment and Research signature: ___________________________ Date: ________________________________


OAK PARK RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL INTERNSHIP/INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSE OUTLINE – FALL

SEMESTER This outline should be developed with the help of the cooperating teacher and must accompany the Request for Internship/Independent Study.

PART I. GENERAL INFORMATION

Student Name: _________________________________ Student ID number: _______________

Address: _______________________________________ Year in School 9 10 11 12 _______________________________________

Telephone Number: ______________________________

Counselor: _________________________________________ Date: ____________________ Oak Park River Forest High School Cooperating Teacher: ______________________________

PART II. SPECIFIC COURSE INFORMATION (Attach additional sheets, if necessary)

1. Subject Area of Internship/Independent Study Course: ___________________________________

2. Name of Proposed Internship/Independent Study Course: _________________________________ 3. Goals of Course:

4. Unit(s) to be Studied:

5. If your study is text-based, attach a proposed reading list and/or a copy of the table(s) of contents of your

text(s).

6. Activities of Course:

7. I will meet with my cooperating teacher: (Circle one below)

Before School Period 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 After School

8. Evaluation Plan: Your work must be evaluated. Specify the work that will be evaluated. Describe the evaluation plan you and your teacher have devised for evaluating your work throughout the semester and at the conclusion of the independent study.

Expected Date of Completion: End of fall semester (January 2010)

Student signature: ____________________________________ Date: _____________

Cooperating Teacher signature: _____________________ Date: _____________

Division Head signature: _____________________________ Date: _____________

Counselor signature: _________________________________ Date: _____________

Director of Assessment and Research signature: _____________ Date: _____________ Revised 04/08


MANDATED REPORTER RESPONSIBILITIES Each teacher is considered a mandated reporter by law. Below is an excerpt of the District’s Policy on Mandated Reporter Responsibilities and the procedures that teachers should familiarize themselves with when confronted with a situation as described below. Any school official or employee having reasonable cause to believe a child known to them in their professional or official capacity may be an abused or neglected child shall confidentially report or cause a confidential report to immediately be made to the Department of Children and Family Services by phone [1-800-25-ABUSE] or in person. State law defines abused and neglected children as follows: An abused child is one whose parent or immediate family member, or any person responsible for the child's welfare, or any individual residing in the same home as the child, or a paramour of the child's parent: 1. Inflicts, causes to be inflicted or allows to be inflicted, physical injury by other than accidental means, which causes death, disfigurement, impairment of physical or emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function; 2. Creates a substantial risk of physical injury to the child by other than accidental means, which would be likely to cause death, disfigurement, impairment of physical or emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function; 3. Commits or allows to be committed any sexual offense against such child; 4. Commits or allows to be committed an act or acts of torture upon such child; 5. Inflicts excessive corporal punishment. A neglected child is any child who is not receiving the proper or necessary nourishment or medically indicated treatment including food or care, or otherwise is not receiving the necessary support or medical or other remedial care necessary for his well being, including adequate food, clothing, and shelter; or who is abandoned by his or her parents or other person responsible for his welfare. The responsibility for reporting child abuse or neglect rests with the individual identifying the suspected abuse or neglect. The individual making the report shall also notify the building principal or other appropriate administrator that such a report is being made. State law provides that any person who, in good faith, participates in making such reports or in any judicial proceeding resulting from such report will be immune from civil or criminal liability.


Each new employee, prior to the commencement of his or her employment with the District, shall be required to sign a statement on a form prescribed by the Department of Children and Family Services and provided by the District stating that he or she has knowledge and understanding of these reporting requirements. The signed statement will be retained in the employee’s personnel file. The Superintendent/Principal may prepare and implement guidelines necessary to accomplish the intent of this policy and comply with the relevant law.


LOCATION OF DEFIBRILLATORS

The locations of the Automatic Electronic Defibrillators are provided below. Please make it a priority to become familiar with these locations. Instructions for the use of the unit are voice automated. 1st Floor: Corridor Outside of West Pool 1st Floor: Corridor Outside of East Pool 2nd Floor Adaptive Gym Corridor 3rd Floor: 3 East Dance Studio Area Adjacent to Ticket Booth in Student Center Field House Corridor – North Wall Outside of 3rd Floor Library Entrance Outside of Health Services Office – Room 234 Outside: Stadium Entrance East Trainer’s Office in Field House


OBJECTIONS TO INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS Any resident of the District may request reconsideration of any instructional materials used in the school’s educational program. Requests for reconsideration of materials should be referred to the appropriate Division Head and the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction. Students whose parents wish them to be exempt from courses on sex education, family life, or sexually transmitted diseases will be excused if a written request for exemption is submitted. Teachers who intend to conduct discussions on controversial topics should announce their intention ahead of time and provide alternate experiences for those students and parents who elect to not participate in the discussion.

(Reviewed 02/09)


PAY TO FORM The Pay To Form is used for payment to individuals for contractual services and to athletic officials. Departments also use this form for various types of payments and reimbursements. The complete name and address of the individual receiving payment must be completed. Do not use the school’s address for the payee. If this form is being used for a contractual payment, the payee’s social security number must be included in order for the request to be processed. If this form is being used for reimbursement, the original receipt must be attached and signed by a supervisor. The Business Office will then generate a check. “PAY-TO” forms are available in the Business Office or they can be found on-line on the Business Office website under “Business Office Forms.” OPRF employees who perform additional paid services will be paid as a part of the regular payroll process.


PURCHASING PROCEDURES The Purchase Requisition Form must be used for ordering goods and/or services before the fact. Once the Purchase Requisition Form has been processed, it then becomes a Purchase Order. The District’s obligation is not established until the Chief Financial Officer approves the Purchase Order. Any purchase or commitment of District funds falling outside the above guidelines is not an authorized purchase and the District has no obligation to pay the vendor or to reimburse the staff member. Listed below are the necessary steps when making a purchase on behalf of the District: 1. A request for goods or services must be discussed with the staff member’s supervisor or

department head before a Purchase Requisition Form is submitted to the Business Office. 2. The blue Purchase Requisition Form must be filled in completely with the following

information:

• Full name and address of company • Quantities • Exact description of items to be ordered • Current unit prices • Extended amounts • Correct budget line item

3. Purchase Requisition Forms are available from the Purchasing Coordinator in the

Business Office or on the web page. (Be certain to use the most recent catalog available for descriptions and unit prices. Incorrect descriptions and unit prices will cause delays in shipments.)

4. Submit the Purchase Requisition Form to the approving department head or supervisor

for approval before returning it to the Business Office. The staff member’s supervisor or department head must sign the Purchase Requisition Form.

5. Bring the Purchase Requisition Form to the Purchasing Coordinator or place it in

Mailbox #268. 6. All Purchase Requisition Forms are then given to the Chief Financial Officer for final

approval. After approval, the Purchase Requisition becomes a Purchase Order. Purchase Orders are processed on a daily basis.

7. The Purchase Order is now entered into the computer and the original is mailed or faxed

to the vendor. The pink copy of the Purchase Order is sent to the approving department head or supervisor.

8. In an emergency, feel free to walk the Purchase Requisition Form to the Purchasing

Coordinator who will immediately start the purchasing process.


9. Please note that all purchases must have a Purchase Order issued. The blue copy of the Purchase Order is sent to the Receiving Dock so that merchandise can be quickly delivered to the appropriate department.

10. All invoices must be processed through the Accounts Payable Department in the Business

Office. 11. All invoices should refer to the Purchase Order generated by the Business Office. That is

how it is determined which department initiated the purchase. The Business Office then sends the stamped invoice back to the department to be signed as proof that the correct materials have been received.

12. The signed invoice must be returned to the Business Office promptly. 13. Checks for invoices will be processed every five (5) to seven (7) working days.


RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY MEMBERS

When a controversy arises between faculty members, the board expects that the involved faculty members will attempt to resolve the controversy themselves in an atmosphere of mutual respect and cooperation. When informal attempts at resolution have brought no resolution or when the behavior of one faculty member toward another is of such an egregious nature that immediate relief is necessary, either or both of the faculty members involved should report the controversy to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources who will follow the procedures outlined below. Administrative Procedures for Resolving Controversies between faculty members for Board Policy 4130 At whatever stage resolution of the controversy occurs, appropriate steps will be taken to provide support of the parties involved, and when necessary, to re-establish a harmonious atmosphere within the department(s) or division(s). Once the controversy has been reported to the Assistant Superintendent, resolution will be sought in a more formal manner by following the procedures detailed in the list below: 1. The Assistant Superintendent will arrange a meeting involving the two faculty members in the controversy, the Chair of the Faculty Senate Executive Committee or the Chair's designee, and the Assistant Superintendent who will serve as facilitator. This meeting will occur as soon as possible within ten days of the report of the controversy. 2. If the meeting results in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy and a mutually agreeable resolution to it, there will be no further involvement in the controversy by the two faculty members and there will be no further consideration of the controversy by the Assistant Superintendent or the Chair of the Executive Committee of the Faculty Senate. 3. If the meeting does not result in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy or a mutually agreeable resolution to it, the Assistant Superintendent will arrange a hearing to bring the controversy to a satisfactory resolution consistent with Board Policy and professional expectations. 4. If it is established that one or both of the faculty member violated a school policy or rule, appropriate disciplinary action will be taken. This disciplinary action includes, but is not limited to the following actions: A. a letter of reprimand B. a suspension according to the provisions of Board Policy 4120


C. a request to the Superintendent to recommend that the Board of Education issue a Notice to Remedy D. a request to the Superintendent/Principal to recommend that the Board of Education dismiss the offending employee. Problem-solving: Certified Staff Personnel Issues The Board of Education has an approved policy for settling differences between faculty members. The Board of Education and the Faculty Senate have agreed to a grievance procedure as detailed in Article 5 of the Collective Bargaining Agreement that remains in force through June 2007. However, the Board, administration, and faculty all agree that times may arise when a faculty member has a problem situation develop with another member of the school community, whether that person is a full-time member of the teaching faculty, or otherwise. In those situations, the faculty member may not wish or be able to pursue a grievance and may request that the following problem-solving procedure be implemented. Furthermore, the administration or the Faculty Senate may recommend any other problem-solving procedure they see fit as may be dictated by a specific situation. The intent of this procedure is to provide faculty and staff an additional option for arriving at appropriate resolutions to relevant issues. It has been a long-standing tradition at Oak Park and River Forest High School to work through personnel issues in an informal atmosphere of mutual respect and cooperation. Believing that the most creative solutions to problems come in discussions unfettered by rigid procedural considerations, the Administration has approached problem solving in an individualized way: Each issue, each problem, is unique and calls for its own solution, strategies, and procedures. Applying a standard set of procedures to solve a problem inevitably reshapes and distorts the problem to fit the procedures. But affirming the need for freedom in creative problem solving in no way denies the need for established proce-dures for accessing various problem-solving settings. These procedures, which operate under the assumption that most problems are best handled by those parties most directly involved, are outlined in the levels of problem solving described below. Level I: A faculty member may approach his or her supervisor (the official evaluator of the faculty member) requesting an opportunity to discuss a problem. Within ten school days, such a request will be honored by the supervisor and no discipline, reprisal, or harassment may come to the faculty member for the act of making the request. The discussion at Level I will result in one of the following outcomes: 1. A mutually agreeable definition of the problem and a mutually agreeable solution to it with no further consideration of the problem by the faculty member or the supervisor.


2. Disagreement on the definition of the problem in which case, if the faculty member requests within five school days, a Level II discussion will be scheduled within ten school days to consider the faculty member's written definition of the problem and the supervisor's written definition of the problem to arrive at a mutually agreeable common definition of the problem and to propose a solution. 3. A mutually agreeable definition of the problem but disagreement on the solution to it in which case the faculty member may, within five school days, request that a Level II discussion be held to consider alternatives to proposed solution. The Level II discussion will be held within the ten school days following the request. All requests for Level II discussions will be made in writing to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources and will be accompanied by a written summary of the Level I discussion. This summary will be prepared and agreed upon by all parties. Any other relevant documentation shall also be forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources. If the supervisor is the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, then the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction will receive the request and arrange the Level II discussion. Level II: Problems referred by a faculty member to this level will be discussed by that faculty member, that faculty member's supervisor, and the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources as provided in Level I who will serve as moderator to facilitate problem resolution. The faculty member may request that another faculty member be present at the discussion. The discussion at Level II will result in one of the following outcomes: 1. A mutually agreeable definition of the problem and a mutually agreeable solution to it with no further consideration of the problem by the faculty member or the supervi-sor. 2. If in the opinion of both parties, the Level II discussion produces new information that substantially redefines the problem, the persons involved in the Level II discussion may refer the problem back to a Level I discussion. 3. Disagreement on the definition of the problem in which case, if the faculty member requests within five school days, a Level III hearing will be scheduled within ten school days of the request to consider the faculty member's written definition of the problem and the supervisor's written definition of the problem to arrive at a common definition of the problem and to propose a solution. 4. A mutually agreeable definition of the problem but disagreement on the solution to it in which case the faculty member may, within five school days, request that a Level III hearing be held to consider alternatives to the proposed solution. The Level III


hearing will be held within ten school days following the request and will consider the written statements of the faculty member and the supervisor concerning issues with the proposed solution. A written summary of the Level II discussion will be prepared, agreed upon by all parties, and forwarded to the members of Level III panel. Any other relevant documentation shall also be provided to these individuals. Level III: Problems referred by a faculty member to this level will be considered by a panel of four persons selected according to the principles indicated in the diagram below: Level III Panel

Faculty Member1 Faculty Member2 Division Head3 Administrator4 1 Selected by the faculty member who requested the Level III hearing. 2 Selected by the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources. 3 Selected by the faculty member who requested the Level III hearing. This Division

Head cannot have been involved at Levels I or II. 4 Selected by the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources. This

Administrator cannot have been involved at Levels I or II. The Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources or the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and instruction as provided in Level I and Level II will be responsible for scheduling the Level III hearing and will serve as hearing officer. The hearing officer does not have a vote in the decision, which will be made by the panel of four. Discussion at the Level III hearing will focus on the written record of the issues of definition of the problem and/or issues relating to the proposed solution to the problem in the Levels I and II discussions. After the hearing has been completed and if no mutually agreeable solution to the problem has been achieved, the panel of four will vote and a 4 to 0 or 3 to 1 vote will determine the solution to the problem as received or defined by the panel. If the vote results in a 2 to 2 tie, a new panel will be selected within ten school days according to the principles for the selection of the original panel and the Level III hearing process will be repeated. If the second panel results in a 2 to 2 tie, then the Superintendent/Principal will schedule a hearing within 10 school days to consider all of the documentation from previous hearings.


The decision of the Superintendent/Principal following this hearing concludes this problem-solving procedure. Confidentiality shall be maintained throughout these problem-solving procedures and the resolution of the problem shall remain confidential unless the involved faculty member chooses to make it public. Please note that this problem solving process is not designed to replace the grievance procedure as defined in the contract between the Faculty Senate and School District 200. Faculty members interested in solving a problem should be sure to contact a member of the Faculty Senate executive committee for guidance in this area.


ROOM RESERVATIONS Teachers may make reservations for classes or activities for the rooms shown below. The contact person for each room is provided for convenience. Room Contact

Athletic/P.E. Areas (including playing fields) John Stelzer ext. 3000

Auditorium Joe Hallissey ext. 3222

Board Room (213) Iris Edgecombe ext. 3611

Heritage Room Kathy Rice ext. 3594 Library (including classrooms) Reference Desk ext. 3560

Little Theatre Joe Hallissey ext. 3170

Other Classrooms or Facilities Donna Diederich ext. 3798

Private Faculty Dining Room Micheline Piekarski ext. 3142

Room 276 Patt Cheney ext. 3614

Room 370 Lupe Witt ext. 3396

Room 371 Lupe Witt ext. 3396

(Revised 0209)


SUPERVISION AND POSTING INFORMATION FOR HANDBOOK

SUPERVISION Faculty supervision is required whenever students participate in school-sponsored activities (on and off campus). Faculty sponsors are expected to supervise their groups during all activities (rehearsals, decorating for dances, preparing for parties, working on plays, practicing for athletics, engaging in intramural competing, etc…). All student activities must be pre-approved by the Assistant Principal for Student Activities before the sponsor makes arrangements for using the school facilities. If necessary, Buildings and Grounds should be notified. The sponsor must ensure that the room being used is opened at the beginning of the activity and locked at the conclusion. ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES All posters and flyers (large and small) must be approved by the office of the Assistant Principal for Student Activities (Room 174). Flyers and posters must include: The name of the sponsoring organization; The name of the activity or event; and The date, location and cost of the activity or event. Note: The Assistant Principal for Student Activities must approve an activity or event

before it is advertised to the student body or opened to the public. Process for having a flyer or poster approved: 1. Bring the flyer or poster design to Room 174 for approval (allow at least 24 hours

for design to be approved). 2. Once the flyer or poster design has been approved, the individual submitting the

design can make up to 30 copies of the flyer or poster. 3. After copies are made, each flyer and poster must be individually stamped in

Room 174. 4. Approved flyers and posters may be posted on bulletin boards located above

water fountains and other designated areas. Masking tape is available in the Student Activities Center (Room 174). Only one flyer may be posted in each area. Flyers may NOT be posted in the washrooms, on doors, windows, posts, etc. Flyers that are posted incorrectly will be removed and the organization may lose posting privileges.

5. It is the responsibility of the sponsoring activity to take down old flyers or posters.


Note: Posters and flyers advertising non-school sponsored events must also be approved in Room 174. If approved, one flyer or poster may be posted on the community bulletin board, located across from the Bookstore.


TRANSPORTATION RESERVATIONS (BUSES AND VANS) Faculty members in need of a full-sized bus for a field trip should contact the Fiscal Clerk in the Business Office (x3267) to confirm that a copy of the Field Trip Request Form has been received and is being processed. The Fiscal Clerk must receive the Field Trip Request Form at least seven business days prior to the scheduled field trip. Faculty members who wish to use one of the District’s eight-passenger vans or one of the 15-passenger activity buses should contact the B&G Department (x3698) to make a reservation. No special drivers’ license is required to drive the vans or buses for non-curricular field trips. Faculty members who wish to use these vehicles for curricular purposes must obtain a special school bus drivers’ permit from the Illinois Department of Motor Vehicles. Additional information is available in the Business Office about the application process. All faculty members seeking to reserve a District Van or Activity Bus must provide the Business Office with a copy of a valid drivers’ license when picking up the keys. Questions about vehicle reservation and ordering procedures should be directed to the B&G Department.


TRAVEL REIMBURSEMENT FORM The Travel Reimbursement Form is a blue form that is used to request approval for all professional travel expense reimbursement. Persons authorized to travel may drive their own cars to destinations within a 150-mile radius and be reimbursed at the current IRS rate. If accompanied by a spouse, a hotel receipt must be obtained for a “single room.” If traveling with a colleague, you must obtain separate receipts. Employees are responsible for all personal telephone calls. Calls to the school must be made using the “800” number—1-800-501-0753. Employees will not be reimbursed for alcoholic beverages or sales tax. The Travel Reimbursement Form must be signed by the employee’s supervisor and coded with the correct account name and number. Original receipts must accompany the reimbursement form. The staff member must describe the business purpose for the expenditure. If requesting reimbursement for meals, the staff member must describe business purpose, name of others in attendance and their business relationship. Employees should request a copy of the district tax-exempt form from the Business Office.


USE OF MAILBOXES AND MAILING PRIVILEGES Each staff member, as well as certain qualifying organizations (such as the Alumni Association, APPLE, Boosters, Citizens’ Council, Concert Tour Association, and PTO are assigned a mailbox in the mailroom. These mailboxes are for the purpose of receiving USPS mail and internally generated documents necessary in the day-to-day operations of the school. Faculty members should check their mailbox a minimum of once a day as important notices will often be distributed via the mailboxes. Requests for supplies (staples, paper clips, pens, paper, etc – although not computer or Xerox paper) should be made in the mailroom. These mailboxes are not to be used for the general distribution of any materials not officially sanctioned by the school, such as solicitations, political and/or religious materials.


USE OF THE FACULTY/STAFF OR STUDENT BULLETIN AND MORNING ANNOUNCEMENTS

Any announcement intended for the Faculty/Staff or Student Bulletin or for broadcast during the morning announcement period (8:55 a.m. daily) must meet the following requirements: 1. All announcements must be legibly written using the proper form; either

the paper form, available in the mailroom or in the Welcome Center (Room 174), or the intranet form available in the forms section of HuskieNet.

2. All forms must be received by 10:30 the morning before the item is to be

included in the Faculty/Staff or Student Bulletin or read during the morning announcement period.

3. Each announcement must be properly labeled as to whom it is directed

towards, whom it is from and must be carefully proofread. Unclear announcements will be returned to the sender.

4. The dates when the announcement should be published or announced must

be clearly marked. No announcements will be placed in the Faculty/Staff or Student Bulletin or announced over the public address system for more than two consecutive days.

Please note: Faculty/Staff and Student Bulletins are to be used for school purposes only! Reviewed 01/09


Section 4

GRADES AND ATTENDANCE

ATTENDANCE .................................................................................................................. 2

EXCUSED ABSENCES .................................................................................................................................. 2 REPORTING STUDENT ABSENCES ............................................................................................................... 2 AUTOMATED CALLING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................. 3 PARTIAL DAY ABSENCES ........................................................................................................................... 3 EXTENDED PRE-ARRANGED ABSENCES ...................................................................................................... 3 UNEXCUSED ABSENCES .............................................................................................................................. 4 THE “N” GRADE ....................................................................................................................................... 4 TOTAL ABSENCES ....................................................................................................................................... 4 APPEALS ..................................................................................................................................................... 4 TARDIES ..................................................................................................................................................... 5

GRADING AND ASSESSMENT ...................................................................................... 6

PROGRESS REPORTS ................................................................................................................................... 6 MID-QUARTER FAILURE WARNINGS .......................................................................................................... 7 ATHLETIC ELIGIBILITY REPORTS ................................................................................................................ 7 SPECIAL EDUCATION TRACKING ................................................................................................................ 7

HONOR ROLL AND DEAN'S LIST ................................................................................. 9

SEMESTER FINAL EXAMINATIONS .......................................................................... 10

SEMESTER GRADES ..................................................................................................... 12

TEACHER COURSE SYLLABUS OR OVERVIEW ..................................................... 13


ATTENDANCE A teacher's grade book or computerized record is a legal document, which can be subpoenaed and referred to by the court system or other authorities. It is essential that every attempt is made to keep clear and accurate records, which document the absence, tardiness, add or drop of every student for every day of the semester. Of particular importance is the Oak Park and River Forest High School attendance policy, which is reviewed annually and summarized below: In accordance with the requirements of the School Code of Illinois and in recognition of the responsibilities of parents or guardians, it is the policy of District 200 that students must attend school on a regular basis. Regular class attendance increases the student’s probability for academic success and fosters the development of self-discipline and responsibility. Students are expected to attend each class and study hall daily. Parents are obligated to contact the school when their student is absent. Excused Absences Definition Students are allowed full make-up privileges for excused absences: • Illness and/or doctor’s appointments • Death in the immediate family • Family emergency • Pre-arranged absence • Observance of a religious holiday • School-sponsored field trips • Nurse appointments for an entire period • Hospitalization • Guidance appointments • Administrative reasons Reporting Student Absences In order for an absence to be considered excused, the student’s guardian is required to make a telephone call to the Attendance office before 9:00 p.m. on each day of the absence. Voice-mail is available to leave messages. Guardians will be asked to supply the following information: • Student’s name; • ID number; • Date(s) of absence(s); • Reason for absence.


Note: Failure to contact the attendance office before 9:00 p.m. will cause the student to be considered truant. Automated Calling System Unexcused student absences will be reported to the parent or guardian via the automated calling system. Calls will be made to the home phone number unless the parent/guardian requests a secondary number be contacted. It is extremely important that the parent/guardian promptly notify the school when there is a change in phone numbers. Partial Day Absences In the case of a late arrival or early dismissal, the parent is required to call the attendance office in advance. 1. Students must check out at the Attendance office (Room 104). The

Attendance office will provide the student with an authorized dismissal pass.

2. This dismissal pass must be presented when leaving the building. 3. Students who return to class before the end of the day must report to the

Attendance office when reentering the building. The Attendance office will supply the student with an admit pass to their next class.

Note: If a student becomes ill or needs to leave school because of an emergency, he or she may only be excused by the school nurse or by his or her Dean. Students who are excused early by the nurse must have a parent call the school when they arrive home. The only time a sophomore, Junior, or senior student is allowed to leave the building throughout the school day is during his or her designated lunch period. A freshmen student may only leave the building during his or her lunch period if he or she has obtained a lunch waiver form. Extended Pre-arranged Absences Absences for an extended period such as for medical purposes, college visits, and civic and religious programs must be arranged in advance. Whenever possible, activities should be planned during vacation periods. 1. The student must obtain a Pre-arranged Absence Form from the

Attendance office (Room 104). 2. The form must be signed by all of the student’s teachers. 3. The form must be taken home, read, and signed by the student’s parent. 4. The form must be returned to the Attendance office prior to the absence. Note: The student has the responsibility for making prior arrangements with his or her teachers to make-up homework and tests.

Unexcused Absences General Information Unexcused absences are those that do not fit any of the acceptable reasons listed for excused absences. Truancy is a Class II infraction as described in the Code of Conduct. The Deans handle all Class II infractions. A student who is absent for more than half of the period will be considered absent. Single-period absences will only be excused if they are pre-arranged. Oak Park and River Forest High School does not recognize or condone “ditch days.” Village Ordinance School Curfew Under the school code of Illinois, it is unlawful for any person over the age of five (5) and under the age of eighteen (18) who is enrolled in any public or parochial school to be present in any public place, building, street, or assembly in the Village of Oak Park, other than school, while school is in session during the regular school term. A police officer may stop and detain a person whom the officer reasonably suspects to be violating this section. Any student violating this section shall, if practical, be taken to school authorities or a parent/guardian and may be issued a notice to appear in the municipal court. The “N” Grade Four (4) unexcused absences during any semester may result in an “NF” or “NP” grade and the student may be removed from the class. “NF” or “NP” grades receive no credit toward completion of graduation requirements. Total Absences Twelve (12) total absences, excused or unexcused, may result in the student receiving an “N” grade. If a student is dropped from a class due to attendance, the grade will be documented on the student’s report card as an “N” passing grade (NP) or an “N” failing grade (NF). The cumulative number of total absences will appear on the student’s progress reports and grade reports. Appeals In cases where additional information may have an effect on unexcused absences, an appeal may be made: 1. An appeal form must be obtained from the Attendance office. 2. This form must be returned to the Attendance office within three (3)

school days after receiving notice that the student will receive an “N” grade.



3. It will be determined whether the additional information provided warrants an appeal hearing.

4. If an appeal hearing is deemed necessary, the parent will be notified of the final decision following the hearing.

Note: The student will remain in class during the appeal process. Tardies Tardiness means not being in the classroom when the passing period ends. Tardiness is unacceptable behavior and will be addressed by the classroom teacher.

(Reviewed 01/09)


GRADING AND ASSESSMENT (Revised 03/09)

Progress Reports

The two semesters of the school year are divided into two nine-week terms.

Progress reports are sent to the homes of each student at the end of every term. During the last week of the term, teachers will receive an electronic report sheet on which the grades for students can be marked. The following grades are used at Oak Park and River Forest High School: "A" highest mark "B" good work "C" average work "D" below average, but passing "F" failure "NC" no credit; this mark is given for satisfactorily completing a course or participating in an activity for which no graduation credit is given "NP" Withdrawn for lack of attendance; current grade is passing. “NF” Withdrawn for lack of attendance; current grade is failing. "I" incomplete grade "W" use to indicate a situation where the student withdraws from a course before the beginning of the 13th week of a semester; any student who withdraws from a course after the start of the 13th week should receive a final grade of "F" "P" use to indicate a grade of passing; this option must be pre-arranged "M" use to indicate a medical grade; one of which shows that the student has been excused from participation in Physical Education for medical reasons

Please note: “+" and "-" are not part of the grading program at O.P.R.F.H.S.

Each quarter teachers will report academic performance on line. For the grade report, teachers have the option of selecting or entering their own comments, which will be printed with the grade and attendance information. Student grades must be reported on line via the District’s software program. Grades should be


entered by the Wednesday morning following the end of the term. Report cards are sent out on Friday of that week. In certain situations, a teacher will have the need to change or correct a grade that was submitted earlier. Change of Grade forms can be obtained from and submitted to the Data Processing Office. Mid-Quarter Failure Warnings Mid-Quarter Failure Warnings will be mailed to the home of any student who is reported by the student’s teacher as receiving a D or F in any course by the midpoint of the 9-week grading period. Students and parents will continue to receive grades at the end of each quarter and at the end of each semester. The Mid-Quarter Failure Warning to parents and students will include comments specific to the student’s situation in the particular class. Teachers can use numbered or free form comments on the notice to specify the areas in which the student needs improvement. In addition, the notice will include a request that the parents contact the teacher via phone or e-mail to discuss the student’s performance and determine the best course of action. Teachers should respond to all parent contacts with specific information that will help students improve their classroom performance and study skills and catch up with assignments before the end of the quarter, when course grades are given. Teachers are expected to contact those parents who receive Mid-Quarter Failure Warnings, if the parents do not initiate contact with the teacher. Athletic Eligibility Reports In accordance with Illinois High School Association (IHSA) standards, student athletes must be passing the equivalent of four regular classes each week in order to be eligible for interscholastic competition. The playing of an ineligible athlete can result in the forfeiture of any contest in which the student has participated. Each week teachers will submit an electronic report, which will record the grade of any student(s) in their classes who are on an approved athletic team. Teachers are expected to indicate if the student is passing or failing on line at that time or in danger of failing (warning). Reports must be completed by Wednesday of each week. Special Education Tracking Each week teachers will submit an electronic report, which will record the grade of any student/s in their classes who have been identified as a special education student. Teachers are expected to indicate if the student is passing or failing at that time or in danger of failing (warning).


Tracking reports must be completed by Wednesday of each week. Reports are prepared and submitted to the Special Education Division Head as well as the students' case managers.


HONOR ROLL AND DEAN'S LIST (Reviewed 03/09)

Honor roll status is awarded to students who have done superior classroom work during a specified grading period. Superior classroom work is defined as achieving at least a 3.0 grade-point average in a minimum of four full-credit courses for which grades are awarded. This is in accordance with the Board of Education's policy on grading. Students earning a grade point average of 3.5 or higher will have their names placed on the Dean's List. Special Education students will be accorded honor roll status in the same manner as regular education students.


SEMESTER FINAL EXAMINATIONS Final examinations are an integral part of the educational process at Oak Park and River Forest High School. Finals provide an assessment of the students' progress at the end of the semester and an opportunity for teachers to evaluate their own teaching effectiveness. Finals prepare students for college where final exams make up the majority of a course's grade. Taking exams helps students to improve their study habits and their ability to deal with pressure. Each semester, all courses except those agreed upon by Instructional Council will end with an eighty-minute final examination. All students will take final examinations at the usual time prescribed for the administration of final exams. Teachers will not excuse individual students or groups of students from taking the final exam. In the case of courses exempted by Instructional Council where no final examination is judged suitable or an alternative method of administering the final examination is judged suitable, prior written approval will be obtained, granted, and posted. Though teachers will use their professional judgment in the development of each examination, the value of the final examination in computing the semester grade shall not be less than 10% nor greater than 30% of that overall grade. Teachers will inform students of the value of the examination prior to its administration. Instructional Council has approved the courses listed as qualifying for using a different time for assessing student work than the eighty-minute examination period scheduled for the class during the semester examination week. This approval in no way means that teachers of these courses must excuse their students from the regularly scheduled examination period; it simply means that they may do so. It is perfectly consistent with this approval that teachers of these courses may require some or all of their students to be present or to take an examination during the eighty-minute period scheduled for the course in the semester examination schedule. Only the following courses are exempt from giving final examinations during the eighty-minute period of the semester examination schedule. All Art Classes All Music Performance Classes

All Speech Art Classes All Television Courses AP American History Second Semester Only AP Biology 1-2 Second Semester Only AP Calculus 1-2 AB Second Semester Only AP Calculus 1-2 BC Second Semester Only


AP Chemistry 1-2 Second Semester Only AP College Computer Science

Second Semester Only

AP College English 1-2 Second Semester Only AP Economics 1-2 Second Semester Only AP European History Second Semester Only AP French 9-10 Second Semester Only AP Government Second Semester Only AP Physics 1-2 Second Semester Only AP Psychology 1-2 Second Semester Only AP Spanish 9-10 Second Semester Only AP Statistics 1-2 Second Semester Only Driver Education Physical Education


SEMESTER GRADES (Revised 03/09)

A semester grade is issued to students by the teacher based on the achievement made by the student during the semester. Teachers are requested to define for stu-dents, at the beginning of each semester, the procedures to be used for determining semester grade. The two nine-week grades and the final examination grade are to be considered in determination of the semester grade. The value of the final examination or project grade in computing the semester grade in a course shall be not less than 10% and not more than 30%.


TEACHER COURSE SYLLABUS OR OVERVIEW Every teacher is expected to prepare a Teacher Course Syllabus or Overview for each course taught. The purpose is to outline for and inform students of essential information about the course. It should contain basic teacher information, a brief course description, information about required books and supplies, grading standards, and a course outline. The sheet should be distributed to students within the first few days of the school year or semester. For illustrative purposes, a sample of a profile sheet for English 1-2 (first year English, college prep level) is presented below: ENGLISH DIVISION ENGLISH 1-2 I. Teacher Information Name: Room Number: Office Hours: Telephone Number and Extension: E-mail Address: Course Description - First year of core English for the college-bound student. The study of culturally diverse literature is centered on the following themes: the perilous journey, triumph and defeat, discovery of self, transformations, and loss of innocence. Students are encouraged to respond to literature and to become critical and creative readers and thinkers. Independent reading and special projects are included. Appropriate writings are suggested by the intensive reading and discussion of literature, with emphasis on the effective structuring of the sentence and paragraph. Practice in narrative, expository, and persuasive modes of writing is included. Students will review and practice grammar, usage, and vocabulary. Attention will be given to study skills. Books and Supplies Textbook-Elements of Literature, Third Course One class-set novel-Semester 1 One self-choice biography/autobiography-Semester 1 One self-choice or class set Loss of Innocence novel-Semester II Notebook-to be specified by teacher Theme Folder (sold in Bookstore) Assignment Book (sold in Bookstore) Grades and Grading Grading Scale


A, B, C, D, F Quarter Grade - Derived from an average of points assigned for homework, tests and quizzes, essays, special projects, and class participation. There are two (2) quarter grades (nine-week grades) in each semester. Each quarter grade counts for 40-45% of the semester grade. Test and Quizzes % Essays % Homework % Special Projects % Participation % Final Exam Grade Counts for 10-20% of semester grade Semester Grade - Calculated by averaging two (2) quarter grades and final exam grade, with the following percentages: Quarter I 40-45% Quarter II 40-45% Final Exam 10-20% Please contact the teacher for information about your child’s progress. Course Outline-Semester I First Grading Period Major Unit: The Perilous Journey Literary Genres: Short Story Epic Units from Test: "Facing Monsters" - collection 1 (short stories) "The Perilous Journey" (The Odyssey)-Collection 14 Writing Assignments: Two formal and two informal essays Special Projects and Activities Second Grading Period Major Unit: Triumph and Defeat Literary Genres: Short Story


Novel Modern Drama Units from Test: "The Human Spirit" - Collection 2 (short stories) "Expect the Unexpected" - Collection 3 (short stories) "Opening Doors" - (The Miracle Worker - Collection 12 Novel Selection: Class set, chosen by teacher Writing Assignments: Two formal and two informal essays Special Projects and Activities Course Outline-Semester 2 Third Grading Period Major Unit – Self Discovery Literary Genres: Short Story Non-Fiction Novel Units from Text: "Discoveries" - Collection 4 (short stories) "We Remember" - Collection 5 (non-fiction) "A Place Called Home" - Collection 6 (non-fiction) "What I Think" - Collection 7 (non-fiction) Novel Selection: Class set, chosen by teacher Writing Assignments: Two formal and two informal essays Special Projects and Activities Fourth Grading Period Major Units: Transformations Loss of Innocence Novel Literary Genres: Poetry Shakespearean Drama Novel Units from Test: "See the Miracles" - Collection 8 (poetry) "Imagine" - Collection 9 (poetry)


"The Ways We Are" - Collection 10 (poetry) "Say It" - Collection 11 (poetry) "The Destruction of Innocence" - Collection 13 (Romeo and Juliet) Novel Selection: Self-choice Coming of Age (Loss of Innocence) novel Writing Assignments: Two formal and two informal essays Special Projects and Activities (REVISED 03/09)


Section 5

STUDENT ASSISTANCE

ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE .......................................................................................................... 2

APPROPRIATE ATTIRE .............................................................................................................. 3

BEYOND DISCIPLINE PROBLEMS ........................................................................................... 4

PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES (PSS) .................................................................................................. 4

HALL AND CAMPUS DEPORTMENT ....................................................................................... 6

FACULTY RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................ 6

MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 7

GENERAL CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................ 7

STUDENT DISCIPLINE REFERRAL PROCEDURES ............................................................... 8

SCHOOL LOCKERS ..................................................................................................................... 9

STUDENT ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................. 11

SUPERVISION ............................................................................................................................. 11 ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES ................................................... 11

STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARDS ..................................................................................... 13

DETENTIONS .............................................................................................................................. 14

AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAM (ASP) .............................................................................................. 14 STUDENT SUSPENSIONS ............................................................................................................. 14

SUPERVISION OF STUDENT GROUPS .................................................................................. 15


ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE

(Revised 02/09) In accordance with the provisions of the Collective Bargaining Agreement between the Faculty Senate and the Board of Education, a teacher is expected to post and notify students of daily times outside of regular school hours when assistance from the teacher will be available. Non-teaching certified personnel are expected to work the regular school day plus whatever additional time is needed to fulfill their assigned responsibilities. Tutoring is available before and after school in Room 393. Students may also use computer facilities in the third floor library during their study halls on a voluntary basis.


APPROPRIATE ATTIRE

(Reviewed 01/09) Appropriate attire and grooming are critical to the maintenance of a safe and educationally conducive school atmosphere. Students’ dress must not be disruptive to the educational environment or compromise reasonable standards of health, safety, and decency. Individual attire and grooming are the responsibility of the student and the student’s parent/guardian. Students are expected to maintain a neat and modest appearance during school and school-sponsored functions, including morps and formal dances. To insure that the rights of all students are protected, the following will not be permitted: 1. Dress or appearance which is clearly disruptive and disturbing to the maintenance of a

positive educational environment. 2. Dress which display gang symbols, drug paraphernalia, references to controlled or illegal

substances; or 3. Dress which display obscenities, violence, racism or sexism, innuendoes, or other

expressions either harmful to the normal development of younger and less mature students, or offensive to the reasonable sensibilities of students, faculty or other school personnel.

Guidelines The following guidelines have been established to help clarify what is expected: • Outerwear (coats, gloves, hats and jackets) is to be left in the student’s locker during

school hours. • Hats, headbands or any other form of head covering may not be worn inside the building

at any time. • Skirts and shorts of extremely short length are prohibited. • Tube tops, halter-tops, and strapless garments are prohibited. • Midriffs and backs must be covered at all times. • Garments with one shoulder are prohibited. • Gym uniforms can only be worn in designated areas of the school. • Appropriate shoes should be worn at all times. • Sunglasses may not be worn in the building. • Costumes are prohibited. Note: Any questions or concerns regarding these guidelines should be directed to the student’s Dean.


BEYOND DISCIPLINE PROBLEMS

(Reviewed 01/09) PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES (PSS) Every student is automatically assigned to a Pupil Support Services (PSS) Team. The PSS Team enhances the school’s ability to work with student on behaviors that undermine their academic success. The PSS Team provides a formal, consistent opportunity for key staff members to share vital information that supports student success. The teams consistent of three counselors, a dean, a student resource manager, and the substance abuse counselor. All teams are located in rooms 207, 208, and 308. In addition, social workers for special education students, the substance abuse counselor, and youth interventionists from community agencies are all located in Room 272. Counselors: Upon entering the high school, each student is assigned a Counselor who works with the student until graduation. During this time, students and their families will have the opportunity to develop a close relationship with their Counselors. This continuous relationship is an essential element of our guidance and counseling program. The Counselor functions as the student’s personal academic and college counselor. In addition to counseling and advising students, the Counselors have responsibilities in the areas of testing, college relations, four-year planning, post-secondary planning, scholarships and financial aid, individual and small group counseling and scheduling. Students may schedule appointments with their Counselor during study halls, before or after school or during lunch periods. Interview slips should be obtained in advance from the Counselor’s office. Deans: Upon entering the high school, each student is assigned a Dean. The Dean assumes the responsibility of ensuring that the learning environment is safe for all students. The Dean will hold each student accountable for daily attendance and for any violation of the Code of Conduct and will assign appropriate consequences. The Dean will work with the student’s fairly, counselor, teachers, and support personnel in an effort to assign students with behavioral issues and any other issues that may interfere with the student’s safety and success at OPRFHS. Student Resource Managers: Students may receive counseling for social/economical problems, which interfere with their education. Services include assessment and linkage to community agencies when appropriate, crisis intervention, drug/alcohol assessment, and small group problem solving. Social workers are provided by OPRFHS, Thrive Counseling, Oak Park Township Youth Services, and the Oak Park Health Department. Students may be


referred by teachers, members of the PSS Teams, parents, classmates, or they may initiate their own referrals.


HALL AND CAMPUS DEPORTMENT

(Reviewed 01/09) Students are expected to behave in a responsible and cooperative manner at all times. Faculty and staff members are expected to model, maintain, and monitor proper hall and campus deportment. Each student who is permitted to leave the room during the period of an assignment must obtain a valid pass from the teacher or supervisor before leaving the room. Completed multipurpose pass forms shall be used for this purpose. Students who fail to secure valid passes and students found in areas for which the pass is not intended are in violation of school rules. Students are expected to respond positively to verbal requests to cease undesirable behavior, and identify themselves whenever requested. Each student must carry his or her school ID at all times and must show it when requested to do so.

2. Faculty and staff members shall monitor halls (especially around their rooms) and

campus deportment. They should make every effort to see to it that students cease the improper behavior through reminders, reprimands, etc. If a faculty or staff member is unable to identify a student who is behaving improperly, he/she should call security immediately.

3. All matters pertaining to improper hall and campus deportment shall be referred to a

Dean who will administer the behavior management plan and inform the persons who made the referral of the dispositions according to the Intervention Plan.

Intervention Plan This plan acknowledges that good school discipline begins with the effective teacher. Failure of a teacher to assume sufficient responsibility for daily problems can reduce student perceptions of the authority the teacher has to manage classroom or other supervised activities. FACULTY RESPONSIBILITIES Daily problems that teachers are expected to handle through various skills and techniques are initial tardiness and absence to classes, lack of preparation for class (failure to complete assigned work, lack of books and supplies, talking out), and immature acting out (pushing, shoving, running in the halls, inappropriate language). The teacher’s ability and willingness to treat these problems will have a positive impact on teaching and learning.


MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

(Reviewed 01/09) GENERAL CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT The most important activity that regularly occurs in a school is the interaction between students and teachers in classrooms. Students are required to report to their assigned seats and be prepared to begin work when the tardy bell rings. 1. Students are expected to be regular and punctual in reporting to all class assignments and prepared for the activities for each day. Each student is expected to behave in a manner that is consistent with the expectations outlined by the teachers. 2. Classroom teachers shall keep records, provide instructions and supervise students in accordance with the policies and procedures of Oak Park and River Forest High School and the School Code of Illinois. 3. A valid pass shall be issued to EACH student who is permitted to leave the room during the period of an assignment (class, lab, etc.). Issuance of passes shall only be for EMERGENCY or EXTREMELY NECESSARY reasons and must be kept to an absolute minimum. The standard multipurpose pass form must be completed and issued to each student who is permitted to leave the room. Deviation from this procedure seriously erodes the effectiveness of corridor supervision and IS UNACCEPTABLE. 4. Each teacher shall record and report accurate student attendance and shall prepare, communicate and enforce rules that will maximize the effectiveness of his or her instruction. The teacher should make every effort to handle tardiness, absenteeism and discipline. This effort may include motivational talks, reprimands, detentions and parent contact. If a student fails to respond, the teacher should confer with the Dean to discuss further appropriate action. If the teacher has been unsuccessful in resolving the problem, then the matter should be referred to the dean who shall handle the matter.


STUDENT DISCIPLINE REFERRAL PROCEDURES

(Reviewed 01/09)

Students who violate the Code of Conduct should be referred to the Discipline Center (Room 272) in accordance with the following plan: 1. A multi-purpose or electronic referral form must be completed with a detailed description of the incident and sent to the Discipline Center. 2. A phone call should be made to the Discipline Center to report serious discipline issues that require immediate attention. 3. The multipurpose referral form (See Appendix) or the electronic referral on Skyward must be used to report all code of conduct violations. The appropriate Dean will investigate and provide feedback.


SCHOOL LOCKERS

(Reviewed 01/09) School lockers that are assigned to students shall be understood to be school property, owned and controlled by the District, and subject to District regulations regarding their use, including inspection during the time they are assigned to students. It is the intent of the Board of Education that students shall have no expectation of privacy in their assigned locker or its contents. Students and parents are to expect that assigned lockers will be periodically searched by school officials. This policy shall be disseminated to parents and students in the student handbook at the beginning of each school term. If a search conducted in accordance with this policy produces evidence that a student has violated or is violating either a local, state or federal law, or District rule or regulation, the evidence may be seized and impounded by school authorities. When appropriate, the evidence may be transferred to law enforcement authorities.


STUDENT ACTIVITIES

(Revised 02/09) SUPERVISION Faculty supervision is required whenever students participate in school-sponsored activities (on and off campus). Faculty sponsors are expected to supervise their groups during all activities (rehearsals, decorating for dances, preparing for parties, working on plays, practicing for athletics, engaging in intramural competition, etc.). All student activities must be pre-approved by the Assistant Principal for Student Activities before the sponsor makes arrangements for using the school facilities. Fill out Facility Use Form. If necessary, Buildings and Grounds should be notified. The sponsor must ensure that the room being used is opened at the beginning of the activity and locked at its conclusion. ADVERTISING SCHOOL SPONSORED EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES All posters and flyers (large and small) must be approved by the office of the Director of Student Activities (Room 174). Flyers and posters must include: The name of the sponsoring organization; The name of the activity or event; and The date and location of the activity or event. Note: The Assistant Principal for Student Activities must approve an activity or event before it is advertised to the student body or opened to the public. Process for having a flyer or poster approved: 1. Bring the flyer or poster design to Room 174 for approval (allow at least 24 hours for

design to be approved). 2. Once the flyer or poster design has been approved, the individual submitting the design

can make up to 20 copies of the flyer or poster. 3. After copies are made, each flyer and poster must be individually stamped in Room 174. 4. Approved flyers and posters may be posted on bulletin boards located above water

fountains and other designated areas. Masking tape is available in the Student Activities Center (Room 174). Only one flyer may be posted in each area. Flyers may NOT be posted in the washrooms, on doors, windows, posts, etc. Flyers that are posted incorrectly will be removed and the organization may lose posting privileges.

Note: Posters and flyers advertising non-school sponsored events must also be approved in Room 174. If approved, one flyer or poster may be posted on the community bulletin board, located across from the Bookstore.



STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARDS

(Reviewed 01/09) A student identification card (I.D. Card) will be issued to each student every year. This card identifies the student as a member of the Oak Park and River Forest High School student body and is required for attendance reporting and for checking out books and materials in the media center. This card is also required for purchasing tickets and for attending all school events and should be in the student's possession at all times. This card may be used only by the student whose name is on it and must be presented upon the request of any staff member.


DETENTIONS

(Reviewed 01/09) Student suspension can take one of two forms, in-school or out-of-school. Generally the out-of-school format is used in the more serious discipline situations. The decision as to whether an in-school or out-of-school suspension is given is determined by the Deans. AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAM (ASP) For certain infractions of the Code of Conduct, classroom attendance will be maintained, and consequences will be served outside the normal school day. The before school program is held daily from 7:10 a.m. in Room 314. The after-school program runs from 3:10 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. in Room 201, Monday through Friday. STUDENT SUSPENSIONS In-School Suspension (ISS) For certain infractions of the Code of Conduct, students will be assigned all or part of a day in Room 201. The periods that are missed when a student is serving an in-school suspension are classified as unexcused absences. However, unlike other unexcused absences, credit will be given when the student successfully completes the work assigned by the teacher during the period of the in-school suspension. Students are expected to work on classroom assignments while serving their suspension. Out-of-School Suspension (OSS) This type of suspension is used in the more serious discipline situations. During the suspension period, the student is not permitted on school property and may not attend or participate in school-sponsored activities. The absences that occur while a student is suspended out of school are considered unexcused. The teacher has the discretion to require that work be made up and determine the credit value to work be given for that. Each teacher will inform students of their rules regarding make-up work.


SUPERVISION OF STUDENT GROUPS

(Reviewed 01/09) Faculty supervision is required whenever students are engaged in school-sponsored activities after dismissal time, either in the building or beyond the limits of school property. Faculty sponsors are requested to supervise adequately their groups when they are engaged in such activities as rehearsals, decorating for dances, preparing for parties, working on plays, practicing for athletics or engaging in intramural competition. Students may not be in the school building after 4:00 p.m. unless they are under the direct supervision of a teacher or activity sponsor. Students may be released from classes for rehearsals or for make-up in preparation for a performance only by special request. Only limited practices are to be scheduled in the evenings or on Sundays. If there should need to be an exception to this policy, it is hoped that it would be on a rare occasion. It is to be expected that an exception may be made for the annual musical production. When using school facilities, the sponsor must be the person who opens and closes the room.

Section 6

TEACHER ABSENCES

ABSENCE INVOLVING HONORARIA .......................................................................... 2

BIRTHING AND NON-BIRTHING PARENTAL LEAVE .............................................. 3

LEAVES OF ABSENCES—GENERAL ........................................................................... 4

SUBSTITUTE TEACHERS ............................................................................................... 6

Section 6-Page 1

ABSENCE INVOLVING HONORARIA Those staff members who are allowed to be absent for duties which involve the payment of honoraria for activities such as but not limited to test proctoring, serving as an election judge, providing consultation services, and speaking appearances are expected to reimburse the School District compensation received up to and including an amount equal to the per diem rate of the employee.

Section 6-Page 2

BIRTHING AND NON-BIRTHING PARENTAL LEAVE

Birthing Parent – Sick leave time may be used by a faculty member, who is the birthing parent of a newborn child, concurrently with leave time permitted under the Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA) for up to six calendar weeks, for a normal delivery, from the birth date of the newborn child, exclusive of holidays and vacations. However, births that occur after May 1 or eight weeks prior to the first day of the new school year will include non-contractual days. Non-Birthing Parent – Sick leave time may be used by a faculty member, who is the non-birthing parent of a newborn child, concurrently with leave time permitted under FMLA for up to any four consecutive calendar weeks, for a normal delivery, from the birth of the newborn child, exclusive of holidays and vacations during the first 90 days of birth. Child Adoption – Sick leave time may be used by a faculty member, who has adopted a child, concurrently with leave time permitted under FMLA for up to any four weeks from the approval date of the adoption, exclusive of holidays and vacations. However, it is recognized that adoptive procedures are often lengthy and imprecise relative to the actual receipt of the child; consequently, the District will work collaboratively with an adopting faculty member regarding the exact dates of the desired leave. It is expected with all leaves under this procedure that the affected faculty member will provide timely notice (three or more months) to the Office of Human Resources and the immediate supervisor regarding the faculty member’s plans for a leave.

Section 6-Page 3

LEAVES OF ABSENCES—GENERAL

Leaves or absences from professional duties during the regular school year fall into various categories as provided for in the Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) between the Faculty Senate and the School District. The types of leaves are summarized below. Absence request forms are available in division offices and the office of Human Resources. Academic Scholarship—Administrative approval of academic scholarship leaves will be considered for programs requiring a teacher's absence of five (5) consecutive days of classroom time or less. While academic scholarship opportunities are beneficial to the faculty and, in turn, to our students, they should be taken at times that will not deprive students of the Faculty members’ talents. Faculty members are encouraged to seek such opportunities during the summer months only. Dock Days—Days in which a Faculty member are not paid for missed work or is required to pay the current cost of a substitute teacher. The per diem calculation for a dock day for a teacher with a full year contract is 1/184 of their regular salary. In some situations, the Administration may direct that teachers not be paid for days missed or, under certain circumstances, Faculty members can elect to take days without pay. Fulbright Scholarships—Fulbright Scholarships requiring absences during the school year in which the Faculty member is expected to miss more than five (5) consecutive days of classroom time will not be approved. Faculty members are encouraged to seek summer Fulbright Scholarship opportunities. Jury Duty - Required service as a juror will not be counted against a Faculty member's allocation of sick or personal days, and the individuals will receive their salary while absent. Any compensation for jury service is to be submitted back to the District (Payroll Office), less transportation expenses that were incurred while performing the service for which reimbursement has not been received. Personal Leave - Days to be used at the Faculty member's discretion, for responsibilities, obligations or appointments, which cannot be scheduled during non-working hours. Up to four (4) personal leave days may be taken per year. Personal leave days, which are taken immediately before or after a holiday, will include the cost of a substitute teacher being deducted from the salary of the Faculty member. Personal leave days in excess of four (4) per year may be granted upon written request by the Faculty member and written approval of the Administration. At the end of year school year, unused personal leave days shall accumulate as sick leave. Article 17 of the CBA between the Faculty Senate and the Board of Education covers the use of Personal Leave days and those situations involving three (3) or more personal leave days taken consecutively. Faculty members should prearrange the use of personal days in order to facilitate the scheduling of substitutes. At the end of the school year, unused personal days shall accumulate as sick leave. Professional Leave - Days when the Faculty member is absent due to attendance or participation in school-sponsored or school-related events or when the teacher is

Section 6-Page 4

representing the school or attending a professional conference. Professional leave days are granted with the approval of the supervisor and Administration. Requests for absence due to professional leave should be submitted as early as possible in order to facilitate the scheduling of substitutes. Approved expenses will be charged to the appropriate budget. Sick Leave – Sick leave is defined as a Faculty member’s absence due to personal or family illness. Article 16 of the CBA provides additional guidelines for the use of sick leave. Faculty members are granted fifteen (15) sick leave days per year, which may accumulate to a total of three hundred and seventy (370) days. After an absence of three (3) consecutive sick leave days, the Administration may request a note from the Faculty member's physician attesting to the nature of the illness. The notification of a Faculty member's use of a sick day may be made on the same day as the sick day. However, Faculty members must notify the Substitute Personnel Secretary by 6:30 A.M. of the day. Faculty members should also notify their supervisor of their absence. Faculty members may prearrange the use of sick days in order to facilitate the scheduling of substitute teachers. A record of a Faculty member's absences is maintained by the Substitute Personnel Secretary. At the beginning of each semester, each Faculty member is provided with a printout of his/her current accumulation of personal leave and sick leave and year-to-date usage.

Section 6-Page 5

Section 6-Page 6

SUBSTITUTE TEACHERS Arrangements for calling substitute teachers are the responsibility of the Human Resources office. A list of qualified substitute teachers will be maintained in the Substitute Personnel Secretary’s office. Substitute teachers will be paid on a daily rate schedule adopted by the Board of Education. Faculty members who are assigned or volunteer to substitute for a colleague during one of their preparation periods will be paid according to the negotiated rate of the CBA. Those staff members who wish to be considered for substitution opportunities should notify their Division Head and Division Secretary as well as the Substitute Personnel Secretary. If during a school day, you know you must be absent the following day, please report this to your Division Head and fill out a Request for Absence form, and place it in the Substitute Personnel Secretary's mailbox so that appropriate arrangements may be made for a substitute. If, between 3:00 p.m. and 6:30 a.m., an emergency arises necessitating your absence, you should call the Substitute Secretary’s voicemail at 708/434-3514 to report this absence and the reason. Between 6:30 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., the division head secretary should be called. During this call it is necessary that you furnish the following: 1. Your name 2. Your division 3. Reason for absence It is of utmost importance in all absences, even in unanticipated ones, that the substitute teacher be provided with appropriate plans and lesson assignments, as well as your grade book and seating charts. Only with these records should the substitute be expected to accomplish more than the very minimum needs for the class. Please remember that the Substitute Personnel Secretary’s telephone number should be kept confidential.

Section 7

PERSONNEL

ATHLETIC COACHING AND ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENTS .................................................... 1

BUSINESS OFFICE ....................................................................................................................... 2

CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................................................... 3

PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF ................................................................. 4

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE ..................................................................................................... 4

PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROCEDURE .................................................................................. 5

PROFESSIONAL GROWTH GOALS .......................................................................................... 6

OBSERVATION REPORT ............................................................................................................ 7

SELF EVALUATION .................................................................................................................... 8

PROFESSIONAL DATA RECORD .............................................................................................. 9

STUDENT FEEDBACK .............................................................................................................. 10

COMPONENTS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE ................................................................... 11

PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT........................................................................... 13

STAFF MEMBER RESPONSE TO PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT ................ 14

PERFORMANCE REVIEW ADDENDUM FOR TENURED STAFF ....................................... 15

APPEAL OF PERFORMANCE REVIEW .................................................................................. 16

TENURED STAFF ASSISTANCE PLAN .................................................................................. 17

REMEDIATION PLAN ............................................................................................................... 18

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF RECEIVING A RATING OF ACCOMPLISHED ................................................................................................. 20

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE ............................................................................................................ 20

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF RECEIVING A RATING OF DISTINGUISHED .................................................................................................. 22


Section 7 - Page 1

Section 7 - Page 2

PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................................. 22

DIVISION HEAD GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATION OF PROBATIONARY TEACHERS 23

PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR PROBATIONARY STAFF .................................................. 24


QUARTERLY PROBATIONARY TEACHER EVALUATION REPORT ............................... 25

GUIDELINES FOR AWARDING CREDIT ON THE SALARY SCHEDULE FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDY, WORK EXPERIENCE, TRAVEL AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL GROWTH ACTIVITIES ................................................................................ 27

HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICE................................................................................................. 29

WHO TO CALL FOR WHAT INFORMATION ........................................................................ 31

SECTION 504/ADA GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES .................................................................. 34

ATHLETIC COACHING AND ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENTS A teacher assigned to athletic and activity program responsibilities is expected to continue with those responsibilities until a suitable replacement can be found. Those assignments are made annually based upon positive evaluation. This policy applies to Physical Education and Driver Education teachers employed after the 1973-74 school year and to all other teachers employed after the 1985-86 school year. Athletic and activity program responsibilities will be considered to be in addition to the normal load for a teacher unless other arrangements are approved by the Principal. Any teacher who has completed at least seven (7) years coaching in a particular athletic or activity program assignment at Oak Park and River Forest High School will be eligible for a one-year leave of absence from that assignment. The request for a leave must be made by March 1 of the school year preceding the school year of leave and will be granted if the assignment can be adequately covered. A teacher will be assured of a similar assignment the year following the leave if the teacher indicates to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources by March 1 of the year of leave of the teacher's desire to resume the assignment. Seven (7) years of experience in a particular assignment must be completed between a leave and a request for another leave, unless otherwise authorized by the Superintendent. Assignments to an athletic or activity program are coordinated by the Athletic Director and Assistant Principal for Student Activities, respectively, as supervised by the Principal. When vacancies occur, staff members are notified through the Faculty/Staff Bulletin and/or vacancy notices which are posted and distributed. The evaluation of those individuals in athletic and activity assignments is performed on an annual basis by the Assistant Principals. Special Note: Faculty and Staff Coaches and Activity sponsors, at the completion of their practice sessions, games or meetings, must make certain that students under their care are safely escorted from the building. Students are not permitted to go to their lockers unless the coach or the sponsor accompanies them. Students cannot roam the building freely. Remember, these students are to remain under their coach or sponsor’s care and supervision at all times. The coach or the activity sponsor should be the lat person to leave the area.

Section 7 - Page 1

BUSINESS OFFICE

The following functions are services the Business Office offers to employees: 1. Payroll associated services

A. Payroll calendar B. 403b Deferred Compensation Plan C. 457 Deferred Compensation Plan D. W-2 or other IRS information E. Credit Union

2. Pensions (TRS, IMRF, and Social Security) 3. Reimbursement for authorized supply purchases 4. Conference & Travel Reimbursement 5. Stamps may be purchased in the mailroom. 6. Notary service 7. Providing change for school events 8. Transportation:

A. Activity Trips B. Field Trips C. Charter Trips

9. Workers' compensation forms and information 10. Liability insurance, theft insurance, student accident insurance, and personal property

vandalism 11. Activity Club Accounts 12. Report of Student Accident Form

(Reviewed 01/09)

Section 7 - Page 2

CERTIFICATION Certified staff members must hold a State of Illinois certificate valid for their school assignment(s) and must provide evidence of meeting the qualifications of the State of Illinois as listed in "the Illinois Program for Evaluation, Supervisors, and Recognition of Schools." In addition, all requirements set forth by the Illinois State Board of Education relative to recertification, which pertains to certificate type and professional growth standards, must be followed. Questions regarding certification should be directed to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources.

Section 7 - Page 3

PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE This Professional Growth Plan is intended to provide tenured staff at Oak Park and River Forest High School with an opportunity to consciously and continually enhance their professional practice. While satisfying a need for accountability, the plan also seeks to strengthen our professional environment by encouraging self-reflection and facilitating growth in each member of the tenured staff. The Evaluation Committee holds that an effective professional growth plan can improve the performance of every teacher. This plan is designed to help teachers assume ownership of their own professional growth with the support of their colleagues, immediate supervisor(s) and other administrators. The proposed system emphasizes collaborative, collegial relationships between and among teachers and administrators. Furthermore, it prizes the diversity of expertise, experience, and interests in our individual staff members.

The plan outlined here is an indication of the commitment in District 200 to pursue excellence for all students. This commitment demands that staff members possess or develop the skills necessary to help our students realize their full potential as educated participants in our democratic society.

To these ends, the members of the Evaluation Committee invite the staff and administration to commit to this plan, which we believe promotes mutual respect, intellectual inquiry, and a positive learning environment throughout the school community.

Section 7 - Page 4


DISTRICT 200

PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROCEDURE 1. The supervisor will evaluate all tenured staff members according to the contractual agreement.

All of the following deadlines may be set earlier by mutual agreement. 2. The staff members to be evaluated in each division will meet collectively with their supervisor

for an initial information session before September 15. They will discuss the purpose of the evaluation process, review the protocols for collecting and presenting data, and clarify the timetable for completing the components of the evaluation. The supervisor will also distribute all documents to be completed by the staff member, both in hard copy, and as flexible email or disc attachments.

3. By October 15, and before the first classroom observation, each staff member will meet

individually with his or her supervisor. They will discuss suitable professional growth goals, a preferred means of student evaluation, and possible dates for the first observation, among other things. If areas of continuing concern have been previously communicated to the staff member and documented, these must also be identified in writing on the Performance Review Addendum and shared with the staff member at this time. Within a week of this individual conference, the staff member will submit the Professional Growth Goals form to the supervisor, outlining the goals discussed and any additional goals.

4. The first observation will be made after October 15, unless an earlier date is agreed upon at the

individual conference. The supervisor will set up an informal pre-conference, as well as a post-conference to be held within a week of the observation. The second observation will take place on a mutually agreeable second semester date before April 15, to be determined later. The staff member will have the option of requesting an additional observation from the regular supervisor, or from another administrator. Within three weeks of each observation, the supervisor will present the staff member with an observation report.

5. The staff member will submit his or her Professional Data Record, Self Evaluation, and Student

Feedback to the supervisor by March 1. 6. By April 30, and before the Performance Summary Statement is written, the supervisor and staff

member will hold a final conference to discuss the progress made toward the goals established at the initial individual conference.

7. The Performance Summary Statement will be written by the supervisor, signed by both parties,

and filed in the personnel file of the staff member. The signature of the staff member does not indicate agreement; it simply indicates receipt of the Statement. The staff member will receive a copy of the completed Statement by May 15.

Section 7 - Page 5

OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL District 200

PERFORMANCE REVIEW

PROFESSIONAL GROWTH GOALS Name of Staff Member Position Years in Present Position Years in District Name of Supervisor Date (to be submitted to supervisor within a week of the individual conference)

At their individual conference, the staff member and supervisor will begin by reviewing the goals developed during the previous evaluation. They will then collaboratively develop one or more goals for the current cycle. The goals should reflect district, division, and/or personal goals for professional growth. In the case of disagreement, the goals of both the staff member and the supervisor will be included. The roles and responsibilities of each of them for addressing these goals will be clarified. 1. Progress made on goals set during previous evaluation cycle: 2. New goals for professional growth: 3. Relevance to current district, division, and/or personal goals: 4. Actions the staff member will take to accomplish these goals, including target dates;

identified division and school-wide professional development opportunities; assistance desired from supervisor or other persons:

Section 7 - Page 6


PERFORMANCE REVIEW

OBSERVATION REPORT

Name Division

Supervisor Observation Date

1. Lesson observation summary. 2. Lesson observation recommendations. 3. Lesson observation commendations. 4. Staff member response to observation report. (Optional)

Signature of Supervisor Date Signature of Staff Member Date Copies: Personnel File - Supervisor - Staff Member

Section 7 - Page 7


PERFORMANCE REVIEW

SELF EVALUATION

(to be submitted to supervisor by March 1)

Name ______________________________ Division _____________________ Year ________ No element of staff evaluation is more important than the staff member’s assessment of his or her own work. Self-aware individuals know the areas in which they are lacking and those in which they excel. They are often skilled at measuring their own improvement, and finding their own means to further success. The staff member’s Self Evaluation will consider as many of the Components of Professional Practice (see page 8) as is appropriate. Using these components, the staff member should: 1. Describe the process used in working toward goals set for this evaluation cycle. 2. Report on progress toward accomplishment of these goals. 3. Develop goals for the future, considering all four domains.

Section 7 - Page 8


District 200

PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROFESSIONAL DATA RECORD

(to be submitted with Self Evaluation, by March 1) Name _______________________________ Division _____________________ Year _________ The staff member will provide to the supervisor a record of accomplishments achieved since the last evaluation, including comments to clarify each item. The following categories will serve as a guide:

A. Additional Related Coursework (degrees earned, courses taken, etc.)

B. Evidence of Additional Informal Study or Research (journals and books read, conferences attended, etc.)

C. Contributions to School and District beyond the regular assignment (school-wide committees, extra-curricular sponsorship, coaching, etc.)

D. Divisional Contributions (mentoring, presentations, curriculum, etc.)

E. Non-Academic Experiences (youth, civic, or community activities, work experience, travel, etc.)

F. Awards and Recognition G. Other

Section 7 - Page 9


District 200

PERFORMANCE REVIEW STUDENT FEEDBACK

(to be submitted with Self Evaluation, by March 1) Name ________________________________ Division _____________________Year_________ When assessing one’s professional growth, the perceptions of students can be valuable. Student insights can help staff members identify both strengths and weaknesses. As part of the evaluation process, the staff member will gather feedback from students in at least two classes, representing two preparations. The method of gathering that feedback, be it narrative, survey, or some other form, will be discussed with and approved by the supervisor at the initial individual conference. The student input will either be shared directly with the supervisor, or summarized by the staff member and then forwarded to the supervisor. The significance of the feedback will be discussed at the final conference. Process: Explain the method used to gather and analyze student feedback. Summary: Describe how the students’ assessments relate to the Components of Professional Practice, and how they will influence your professional growth.

Section 7 - Page 10


District 200

PERFORMANCE REVIEW COMPONENTS OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

(adapted from “Components of Professional Practice,” © by ETS, and Charlotte Danielson) The evaluation will include at least two formal observations, one each semester, unless otherwise agreed. The supervisor should use the observations as a foundation upon which to develop the following performance review. The supervisor should comment on the staff member’s performance in each of the domains listed below. Strengths and/or weaknesses with supporting comments will be noted.

DOMAIN 1: PLANNING AND PREPARATION

• Demonstrating Knowledge of Content and Pedagogy • Demonstrating Knowledge of Students • Selecting Instructional Goals • Demonstrating Knowledge of Resources • Designing Coherent Instruction • Assessing Student Learning

DOMAIN 2: THE CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENT

• Creating an Environment of Respect and Rapport • Establishing a Culture for Learning • Promoting Diversity • Managing Classroom Procedures • Managing Student Behavior • Organizing Physical Space

DOMAIN 3: INSTRUCTION

• Communicating Clearly and Accurately • Using Questioning and Discussion Techniques • Engaging Students in Learning • Culturally Sensitive Teaching • Providing Feedback to Students • Demonstrating Flexibility and Responsiveness

Section 7 - Page 11

DOMAIN 4: PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES

• Reflecting on Teaching • Maintaining Accurate Records • Communicating with Staff, Parents, and Students • Contributing to the School and District • Growing and Developing Professionally • Showing Professionalism

Section 7 - Page 12


PERFORMANCE REVIEW

PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT

(to be completed by supervisor before May 15) Name________________________________ Division _____________________ Year _________

RATING: Unsatisfactory Developmental Accomplished Distinguished

Supervisor’s signature Position Date

Staff member's signature Position Date

(Staff member’s signature does not necessarily indicate agreement; it indicates only that the staff member has read the Performance Review.)

Copies: Personnel File - Supervisor - Staff Member

Section 7 - Page 13


PERFORMANCE REVIEW

STAFF MEMBER RESPONSE TO PERFORMANCE SUMMARY STATEMENT

(Staff member response is optional; however, it is recommended that staff members view this as an opportunity to reflect on and respond to the evaluation process.)

Name ________________________________Division _____________________ Year _________


Section 7 - Page 14


District 200

PERFORMANCE REVIEW ADDENDUM FOR TENURED STAFF (to be presented to the staff member at or prior to the initial individual conference)

To:

Staff Member Division Date From:

Supervisor Position Date

SPECIFIC AREAS OF CONCERN The items listed below as areas of continuing concern have been previously communicated to the staff member and documented. The continued concern indicates that the staff member is not meeting minimum expectations for “Accomplished” performance. Prior to the end of the current evaluation cycle, the staff member must improve in each area. A failure to show sufficient improvement may result in a rating of “Unsatisfactory.” Areas of Concern Recommendations for Improvement Documentation of Progress

Signature of Supervisor Date Signature of Staff Member Date

Section 7 - Page 15



APPEAL OF PERFORMANCE REVIEW Procedure for Appeal of a Performance Rating If a staff member disagrees with the rating assigned by his or her supervisor, the staff member may appeal the rating to an Evaluation Review Committee within ten (10) school days of receiving the written evaluation. The appeal should be made to the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, who will chair a committee to include two additional individuals: a certified evaluator chosen by the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources, and a colleague chosen by the staff member. Within 10 school days of receiving the appeal, the three-person Review Committee will provide an opportunity for both the supervisor and the staff member to present their respective views. Each will have an opportunity to rebut the statements of the other, and the Review Committee may question either or both participants. All statements must be made in the presence of both parties. The Review Committee will then deliberate the issue in private and will, within ten (10) school days of hearing the appeal, decide the final rating of the staff member. The decision of the Evaluation Review Committee will be binding. A written rationale for the final rating must be shared with the staff member and supervisor, and will become part of the staff member's personnel file.

Section 7 - Page 16


TENURED STAFF ASSISTANCE PLAN

The purpose of this option is to provide a more structured and intensive mode of supervision for tenured staff members who receive a performance rating of “Developmental.” It is intended to provide opportunities for professional growth. The Tenured Staff Assistance Plan is not considered to be a formal remediation plan, as defined in the Illinois School Code, but rather an interim effort to eliminate the need for formal remediation. Unsuccessful participants in the Assistance Plan, however, may be referred to a Remediation Plan. While the decision to implement the plan should be mutual, it may be directive. Placement on the Plan will be based on performance at a “Developmental” level, which has been documented and presented to the staff member. After a meeting with the supervisor to discuss the specific concerns, a letter will be sent to formally notify the staff member of placement on the Plan. A copy of the notification letter will also be sent to the Human Resources Department. A written Assistance Plan will be developed within forty-five (45) school days of the staff member’s notification. The Plan will include goals that are specific, measurable, realistic, and time specific. The immediate supervisor will be ultimately responsible for specifying the plan’s objectives and timelines, but ideally, the supervisor and staff member will work collaboratively. Consequently, the plan should maintain the supportive climate inherent in the supervisory process. Ultimately, however, it will be necessary for summative judgments to occur. If the staff member and supervisor agree that assistance from a mentor would be beneficial, a willing, mutually agreeable mentor will be assigned. The role of the mentor is to provide support and/or training toward the identified goals. Staff members who are placed on the Tenured Staff Assistance Plan are also entitled to Faculty Senate representation at any formal meeting that concerns the Assistance Plan. By March 1, the staff member and the supervisor will conduct a formal conference to review the staff member’s performance. The conference will result in an analysis of that performance and a progress report on the achievement of the stated goals. These written reports should be completed no later than April 1. While the duration of the Plan is intended to be one school year, there may be adjustments, refocusing, and/or termination of the Plan at any time during the year, in response to the staff member’s growth and improvement. At the completion of the plan, the staff member will 1) return to the regular evaluation cycle, 2) continue for an additional year on the Assistance Plan, or 3) be given a rating of “Unsatisfactory,” and be placed on the Remediation Plan.

Section 7 - Page 17


REMEDIATION PLAN Procedure to Address an UNSATISFACTORY Rating A certified staff member whose performance receives a final rating of “UNSATISFACTORY" will be advised in writing of that rating by his or her immediate supervisor at least 45 calendar days before the end of the school year. Within 30 calendar days of such notification, the staff member will be given a one-year Remediation Plan designed to correct those behaviors identified as unsatisfactory, and deemed remediable. The Remediation Plan will contain the following provisions: 1. The list of unsatisfactory behaviors that are the object of the remediation plan.

2. A clear definition of acceptable levels of performance.

3. The name of a consulting staff member who will assist the identified staff member in

remediating the unsatisfactory behaviors. The staff member identified for remediation will select a consulting staff member from a list established by the Office of Human Resources. The consulting staff member will provide advice to the identified staff member on improving performance and complying with the Remediation Plan. A qualified consulting staff member shall be one who has:

• At least five years of professional experience • Received a rating of “Distinguished” on the most recently filed evaluation • Knowledge relevant to the assignment of the staff member under remediation • Not participated in any of the quarterly evaluations

4. The list of dates by which a qualified administrator must complete the quarterly

evaluations. After each quarterly evaluation, the Remediation Committee must meet to review the progress of the identified staff member toward satisfying the goals of the Remediation Plan. (Timelines for the required quarterly evaluations may be waived by mutual agreement because of unforeseen events, without invalidating the results of the Remediation Plan.)

5. The names of all four Remediation Committee members. The Committee will consist of the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, the staff member’s supervisor, a certified evaluator chosen by the staff member, and a colleague chosen by the staff member.

Section 7 - Page 18

All members of the Remediation Committee will attend all scheduled meetings specified in the Remediation Plan. The purpose of these meetings will be to evaluate the progress of the identified staff member in remediation. At the conclusion of the remediation process, the Remediation Committee must make a determination by majority vote. In order for the committee to recommend to the Superintendent/Principal that the staff member be dismissed for failing to successfully meet the expectations of the Remediation Plan, at least three committee members must vote accordingly. In the absence of a majority vote, the identified staff member will be returned to the regular evaluation cycle.

Section 7 - Page 19

Oak Park and River Forest High School DISTRICT 200

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF RECEIVING A RATING OF ACCOMPLISHED

Statement of Purpose Tenured staff at Oak Park and River Forest High School who earn a rating of Accomplished in any evaluation cycle may avail themselves of The Alternative Professional Growth Plan in the following cycle. The alternative plan can be tailored to the staff member’s individual needs and interests, allowing for greater creativity and innovation than is available in the traditional plan. Accomplished teachers may use the alternative option to fully explore strategies and methodologies that address their own unique professional challenges. Staff members who choose the alternative plan will still be evaluated on the basis of the Components of Professional Practice, though the focus may be narrowed by mutual agreement with the supervisor. Participation in the Alternative Professional Growth Plan does not guarantee a final performance rating of Accomplished.

Procedures

1. By September 15 of the evaluation year, staff members who choose the Alternative Performance Review option must notify their supervisors in writing. The supervisor will be responsible for notifying the Office of Human Resources.

2. By October 15, the staff member will have developed a written plan of action for

the year and will have met with his or her supervisor to discuss objectives and planned activities.

3. In accordance with the School Code of Illinois, the supervisor is required to

complete two performance observations (including pre- and post-observations), one each semester, unless there is mutual agreement to conduct both observations in a single semester. Non-classroom teachers will be observed outside of the traditional classroom setting.

4. By April 15, the staff member will submit a written statement to the supervisor,

reflecting on the process and outcomes of the alternative plan.

5. By April 30, and before the Performance Summary is written, the supervisor and staff member will hold a final conference to discuss the outcomes of the staff members objectives for the year.

6. The Performance Summary Statement will be written by the supervisor, and given

to the staff member by May 15. The staff member is expected to sign and return the Performance Summary Statement to the supervisor. The signature of the staff

Section 7 - Page 20

member does not indicate agreement with the conclusions of the statement; it simply indicates receipt of the statement.

Section 7 - Page 21

Oak Park and River Forest High School DISTRICT 200

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR TENURED STAFF RECEIVING A RATING OF DISTINGUISHED

Statement of Purpose Tenured staff at Oak Park and River Forest High School who earn a rating of Distinguished in any evaluation cycle may avail themselves of The Alternative Professional Growth Plan in the following cycle. For the staff members, the alternative plan will involve only the two classroom observations required by the School Code of Illinois. Staff members who choose the alternative plan will still be evaluated on the basis of the Components of Professional Practice, though the focus may be narrowed by mutual agreement with the supervisor. Participation in the Alternative Professional Growth Plan does not guarantee a final performance rating of Distinguished.

Procedures

1. By September 15 of the evaluation year, Distinguished staff members who choose the alternative performance review option must notify their supervisors in writing. The supervisor will be responsible for notifying the Office of Human Resources.

2. The components of the observation process will include pre- and post-observation

conferences, and the actual observation. A single observation may involve one or more periods.

3. An observation will occur during each semester, unless there is mutual agreement to

conduct both observations in a single semester.

4. By April 30, and before the Performance Summary is written, the supervisor and staff member will hold a final conference to mutually share perspectives on the evaluation year.

5. The Performance Summary Statement will be written by the supervisor, and given to

the staff member by May 15. The staff member is expected to sign and return the Performance Summary Statement to the supervisor. The signature of the staff member does not indicate agreement with the conclusions of the Statement; it simply indicates receipt of the statement.

Section 7 - Page 22

OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 200

DIVISION HEAD GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATION OF PROBATIONARY TEACHERS

I. Quarterly observations on selected components of the Framework for Teaching for

teachers in their first and second years of probationary teaching during quarters 1-3. Teachers in their third and fourth year will be observed on a semester basis.

A. Quarterly classroom observations may be defined as one period, or they may

extend over several days. Class visits are recorded in the form of notations made by the supervisor during the class period and subsequently typed on the standard observation form. These notations focus primarily on observable behaviors.

B. In addition, brief, drop-in classroom visits of ten to fifteen (10-15) minutes will also occur.

II. Evidence of Student Learning

A. Years 1-4: Require a Course Expectations/Course Syllabus sheet for each course, submitted to the Division Head by the end of the first week of each semester.

B. Years 1-4: Require student evaluations/feedback; summary submitted to Division Head by the end of first semester.

C. Years 1-2: Review grade book and lesson plan book by the end of the first nine weeks.

D. Years 1-2: Require the compilation of a teachers’ portfolio with table of contents to be reviewed at the end of the first semester, or earlier as is appropriate. Contents may include: Copies of tests, quizzes, writing assignments, handouts, sample student work, letters and/or notes of commendation, and any evidence of success along the way.

III. Division Head may also maintain a portfolio of notes, observations, and other pertinent

information derived from a variety of sources related to the components of Professional Practice.

IV. Schedule teachers to visit other classes: Year 1, Semester 2 and Year 2 V. Division Heads make a recommendation to the Assistant Superintendent of Human

Resources regarding the issuance of a contract for the following year by March 1.

Section 7 - Page 23


DISTRICT 200 PERFORMANCE REVIEW FOR PROBATIONARY STAFF Statement of Purpose This Professional Growth Plan is intended to provide probationary staff at Oak Park and River Forest High School with an opportunity to consciously and continually enhance their professional practice. While satisfying a need for accountability, the plan also seeks to strengthen our professional environment by encouraging self-reflection and facilitating growth in each member of the staff. The Evaluation Committee holds that an effective professional growth plan can improve the performance of every teacher. This plan is designed to help teachers assume ownership of their own professional growth with the support of their colleagues, immediate supervisor(s) and other administrators. The proposed system emphasizes collaborative, collegial relationships between and among teachers and administrators. Furthermore, it prizes the diversity of expertise, experience, and interests in our individual staff members. The plan outlined here is an indication of the commitment in District 200 to pursue excellence for all students. This commitment demands that staff members possess or develop the skills necessary to help our students realize their full potential as educated participants in our democratic society. The plan for probationary teachers is based upon the model used for tenured staff based upon the components of Professional Practice developed by Charlotte Danielson. Given the complex nature of the art of teaching, each year will focus on a specific set of components as outlined below. Teachers will work through each of the four identified domains during the first three years of their probationary status. In the fourth year of probationary status a complete review of all four domains will be completed prior to a staff member being recommended for tenure.

First Year: Domain 1, items a, c, f, and Domain 2

Second Year: Domain 1, items b, d, e, and Domain 3 Third Year: Domain 4 Fourth Year: Domains 1, 2, 3, & 4

Section 7 - Page 24

OAK PARK AND RIVER FOREST HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT 200

QUARTERLY PROBATIONARY TEACHER EVALUATION REPORT

Teacher’s Name:

Division: Date:

This report is prepared by the Division Head as part of the supervision and evaluation of non-tenured certified staff members. The plan for probationary teachers is based upon the model used for tenured staff; based upon the components of Professional Practice developed by Charlotte Danielson. Given the complex nature of the art of teaching, each year will focus on a specific set of components as outlined below. Teachers will work through each of the four identified domains during the first three years of their probationary status. In the fourth year of probationary status a complete review of all four domains will be completed prior to a staff member being recommended for tenure. Check the appropriate box below: First Year: Domain 1, items a, c, f, and Domain 2 Second Year: Domain 1, items b, d, e, and Domain 3 Third Year: Domain 4 Fourth Year: Domains 1, 2, 3, & 4 I. Observation

A. Pre-conference re-cap and summary (for class visitations)

B. Description of observed activities/behaviors

Section 7 - Page 25

C. Analysis of observations with regards to responsibilities/expectations

D. Recommendations/Commendations II. Progress Towards Components of Professional Practice and Evidence of student Learning. I have read the above report and received a copy of it. I understand that my signature does not necessarily indicate that I agree with the report’s contents. I know that a copy of this report will be placed in my personnel file. Teacher’s Signature Date Division Head’s Signature

Section 7 - Page 26

GUIDELINES FOR AWARDING CREDIT ON THE SALARY SCHEDULE FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDY, WORK EXPERIENCE, TRAVEL AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL GROWTH ACTIVITIES The following guidelines will be used in allowing such credit: 1. General Credit for activities listed below (except for undergraduate study) may be permitted only

after a teacher has earned the Master's Degree. Prior approval by the Assistant Superintendent Human Resources must be secured. A maximum total of (10) semester hours may be granted to any individual. Credit will not be granted for any of these activities completed during a sabbatical leave.

Graduate hours earned subsequent to the attainment of the bachelor's degree but prior to the

Master's Degree which are not credited toward the Master's Degree will be credited towards the thirty hours beyond the Master's Degree if, in the opinion of the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources, they relate directly to the staff member's current assignment or they are designed to strengthen or initiate an area of additional qualification for the staff member.

2. Undergraduate Study Credit may be granted for undergraduate courses taken after completion of the Bachelor's

Degree if such courses are directly related to a teacher's assignment or are approved by the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources. Such undergraduate credit may not exceed ten (10) semester hours.

3. Work Experience Credit may be awarded for work experience in a job directly related to a teacher's

assignment. One semester hour may be granted for each eighty (80) hours of such work. 4. Travel Credit may be awarded for travel which can be shown to contribute to an individual's

understanding of one's professional assignment. Travel on behalf of, or as an employee of, any organization sponsoring or conducting travel for groups will not be approved for credit. One semester hour may be granted for each two consecutive weeks of travel.

5. Workshops and Clinics Credit may be awarded for attendance at workshops or clinics which are related to a

teacher's professional assignment. One semester hour may be granted for each twelve (12) clock hours of instruction.

Section 7 - Page 27

Teachers working on approved summer curriculum projects for the District may elect to receive credit in lieu of payment for the work. One undergraduate credit for each twelve (12) clock hours may be awarded for such work, not to accumulate beyond three undergraduate credits.

6. Other Professional Activities The Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources may grant credit for such professional

activities as college teaching, research, consultation and writing.

Section 7 - Page 28

HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICE The Human Resources Office is located in Room 215. Staff members can receive information and/or direction about the following obligations and/or opportunities in the Office of Human Resources. 1. Physical Examination - required for all new certified staff members; 2. TB Test - certification of freedom from tuberculosis required every four (4) years

after first year of service;

3. Medical, Dental, Life and Disability Insurance Programs;

Please see pages 33 and 34, Who to Call for What Information.

4. Flexible Spending Program

On a calendar year basis, the Flexible Spending Program allows employees to protect their income prior to taxes for unreimbursed medical, dental, and vision costs/expenses, including premiums. Employees may designate up to $3,000 of income for such reimbursements. In addition, employees may use the Flexible Spending Program for day care expenses. Each employee may designate up to $5,000 for day care expense reimbursement. Employees should be aware that unused portions of any medical or day care designations would not be returned to the employee, as prescribed by federal law.

4. Retirement Information

The Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) between the District and the Faculty Senate prescribes district retirement benefits. The Office of Human Resources will provide an estimate of the Teachers Retirement System (TRS) retirement benefit for faculty members who provide a copy of their recent Statement of Earnings from TRS.

6. Teacher Certification Issues Questions should be directed to:

Suburban Cook County Regional Office of Education 10110 Gladstone Westchester, Illinois 60154 708-865-9330

7. Salary Schedule, Placement/Movement/Question

Section 7 - Page 29

Please see the Collective Bargaining Agreement for further information.

8. Employee Assistance Program

For Information or Confidential Assistance, Call

Workplace Solutions, L.L.C. at 1-800-327-5071

Website: www.wseap.com

9. Personnel File

The personnel file includes employment application, resume, transcripts, letters of recommendation, and evaluative documents of the employee. The employee may request access to the documents in the personnel file at any time.

10. Time Off

Please see Section 6, Teacher Absences.

11. Employment Opportunities

The Office of Human Resources maintains information about employment opportunities in and outside of the District. Outside opportunities may be found on the bulletin board in the Mailroom. Information regarding extra-curricular sponsorship and athletic coaching opportunities are also available in the Office of Human Resources.

Section 7 - Page 30

Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200

WHO TO CALL FOR WHAT INFORMATION This information is provided as a preference source for various contacts available to you. Claim Administrator: BlueCross/BlueShield (MEDICAL PPO PLAN) Telephone: 1-800-458-6024 Group No: P96714

Send Claims: Local BlueCross/BlueShield Plan BlueCross/BlueShield Telephone: 1-800-810-2583 Preferred Provider Organization (PPO) Locator BlueCross/BlueShield Telephone: 1-800-826-8551 Medical Services Advisor (MSA) Insured required to contact MSA prior to

hospitalization or within two business days of an admission for emergency or maternity care otherwise, available benefits may be reduced.

BlueCross/BlueShield Telephone: 1-800-851-7498 Mental Health/Chemical Dependency: Insured must call prior to hospital admission or

within two days of emergency admission, otherwise available benefits may be reduced.

Claim Administrator: HMO Illinois (Medical HMO Plan) Telephone: 1-800-892-2803

Send Claims to: HMO Illinois 300 E. Randolph Chicago, IL 60601-5099

Group No. H96714 Retail Advance PCS/DrugCard Inc. Katie Giffin, Manager, Client Services 55 Shuman Boulevard, Suite 700 Naperville, IL 60563 Telephone: 1-800-531-6351 (8:30 to 5:00 CST) Fax: 1-630-420-3919

Your contact for eligibility, mail service and retail problems, supplies, brochures, ID card. Telephone: 1-800-364-6331 (24-hour availability)

Section 7 - Page 31

Mail Order Service Prescription: AdvanceRX.Com P. O. Box 961066 Fort Worth, TX 76161-0066 Telephone: 1-877-860-6415 Dental Plan Claim Address: Delta Dental of Illinois P. O. Box 5402 Lisle, IL 60532 Telephone: 1-630-964-2400 Group No. 8309-0001 Oak Park River Forest High School Donna Sebestyen, Employee Benefit Coordinator Human Resource Department 201 North Scoville Avenue Oak Park, IL 60302-2296 Telephone: 1-708-434-3515 Fax: 1-708-434-3919 Contact for benefit questions/concerns Plan Benefits Consultant: Catherine Loney Senior Employee Benefits Consultant GCG Financial Suite 200 South 3000 Lakeside Drive Bannockburn, IL 60015 Telephone: 1-847-457-3000 Fax: 1-847-457-3146 Patty Wells Telephone: 1-847-457-3145 Fax: 1-847-457-3146

Contact for benefit questions/concerns, complaints, and suggestions.

Section 7 - Page 32

Section 7 - Page 33

Section 7 - Page 34

SECTION 504/ADA GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200 (“OPRFHS”) does not discriminate on the basis of disability with regard to admission, access to services, treatment, or employment in its program or activities. Any qualified individual who wishes to complain about alleged discriminatory treatment falling under Section 504 or Title II of the Americans Disabilities Act (“TITLE II”) shall be addressed by the following Grievance Procedure. This Grievance Procedure is established to meet the requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”). The District strongly prohibits retaliation on the basis of any grievance filed under this Policy. Step 1: Informal Resolution If a person believes that he or she has a valid basis for making a grievance under Section 504 or Title II, he or she shall informally discuss the grievance with the District’s 504/Title II Compliance Coordinator. Linda Cada, Director of Special Education

Oak Park & River Forest High School District No. 200 201 N. Scoville Avenue Oak Park, IL 60302 708-434-3106 [email protected]

A grievant must notify the compliance coordinator of his or her informal section 504/Title II Grievance within sixty (60) days of the occurrence. Unless the grievance can be resolved informally, the compliance coordinator will investigate and document the grievance (including dates of meetings, disposition, and dates of disposition). These rules contemplate informal but thorough and impartial investigations, affording all interested persons and their representations, if any, an opportunity to submit evidence relevant to a complaint. A written determination as to the validity of the complaint and a description of the resolution, if any, shall be issued by the Compliance Coordinator and a copy forwarded to the complainant no later than ten (10) working days after its filing. Step 2: Formal Resolution If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved by Step I, the grievant may file a formal, written grievance with the Compliance Coordinator within five (5) working days of receiving the Compliance Coordinator’s disposition from Step I. The grievant shall include his or her name, address, a brief description of the alleged discriminatory action, the date of the occurrence, and the name(s) (if applicable) of the persons responsible. Within five (5) working days of receiving the written grievance, the District’s 504/Title II Coordinator will appoint a hearing officer. The Hearing Officer will conduct an impartial hearing regarding the grievance within fifteen (15) working days of being appointed. The hearing shall give the grievant full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues raised by the grievance. The grievant may, at his or her own expense, be assisted or represented by an individual of his or her choice,

Section 7 - Page 35

including legal counsel. The Hearing Officer will issue a written decision to the District’s 504/Title II Compliance Coordinator within ten (10) working days of the hearing. Step 3: Appeal to the Board of Education If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved during Step 3, the grievant may file a written appeal with the Board of Education. Written appeals should be sent to the superintendent’s office within thirty (30) days of the disposition at Step 2 and at least one week prior to the next scheduled Board of Education meeting. Provided that the appeal is filed with the superintendent’s office within one week’s of the Board of Education’s regularly scheduled meeting, the Board of Education will consider the appeal at its next meeting. Within ten (10) working days of addressing the grievance, the Board of Education will issue a written decision to the grievant. Step 4: Appeal to the Department of Education

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved during Step 3, the grievant may file an appeal with the United States Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201.


SECTION 8

SAFETY INFORMATION

CRITICAL INCIDENT RESPONSE PLAN ........................................................................ 3

CODE RED ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE .............................................................. 4

CODE RED ........................................................................................................................... 5

INDIVIDUAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................... 5

CODE GREEN (POST-CODE RED) ................................................................................... 8

CODE YELLOW .................................................................................................................. 9

INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................... 9

SAFETY AND SUPPORT OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES: ......................................................... 10

CODE GREEN (POST-CODE YELLOW) ........................................................................ 11

GUIDELINES FOR FACULTY & STAFF IN CRITICAL SITUATIONS ....................... 12

POWER FAILURE DURING SCHOOL HOURS ........................................................................ 12

HOSTAGE SITUATION ON A SCHOOL BUS/FIELD TRIP ....................................................... 12

WEAPONS REPORTED/OBSERVED AT OR NEAR THE BUS ON A FIELDTRIP ........................... 12

ATTEMPTED CHILD ABDUCTION ...................................................................................... 13

DEATH WHILE AT SCHOOL .............................................................................................. 13

MEDICAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES DURING NON-SCHOOL HOURS ............ 14

STEPS OF ACTION ............................................................................................................. 14

AFTER MEDICAL ASSISTANCE ARRIVES ........................................................................... 14

ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................. 14

ACCIDENTS ...................................................................................................................... 15

AED LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................. 16

FIRST AID IN THE CLASSROOM .................................................................................. 17

ACCIDENTS ...................................................................................................................... 18


BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN .................................... 19

MANAGEMENT OF BODY SPILL PROCEDURES ....................................................... 20

MANAGEMENT OF BODY SPILL PROCEDURES ....................................................... 20

PROTECTIVE EYE COVERING ...................................................................................... 21

FIRE DRILL/EVACUATION PROCEDURES ................................................................. 22

AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS ........................................................................... 22

2009-2010 ............................................................................................................................ 22

TEACHER AND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................ 22

EVACUATION PROCEDURES .................................................................................... 23

EVACUATION OF ORTHOPEDIC AND/OR MEDICALLY FRAGILE STUDENTS 23

ADVANCED PREPARATION ...................................................................................... 23

FIRE MARSHAL ASSIGNMENTS ................................................................................... 25

DESIGNATED AREAS OF REFUGE ...................................................................................... 26

TORNADO ALERT AND DISASTER DRILL PROCEDURES ...................................... 27

AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS ........................................................................... 27

2009-2010 ............................................................................................................................ 27


CRITICAL INCIDENT RESPONSE PLAN

Definition of a Critical Incident: a substantial conflict/disturbance of an emergency nature that poses a threat to the high school. Mission:

• To ensure the safety of all students, faculty, staff and visitors on the Oak Park and River Forest High School campus in the event of a critical incident.

• To bring swift and orderly resolution to the incident.

• To provide follow-up services and information to the school and Oak Park and River

Forest communities.

• To return the students, faculty, staff and visitors to a safe and secure learning environment.

Definitions of Codes CODE RED: A substantial conflict/disturbance has begun or is imminent, i.e., hostage, gunman or an explosive device. CODE YELLOW: There is a possibility of a major disturbance, i.e. mob action, refusal to attend class, tension between groups, gangs, unidentified persons loitering around the school, walkouts, demonstrators on or near campus trying to disrupt or enter the building. CODE GREEN: The conflict/disturbance or possibility of a conflict/disturbance has ceased and no longer poses a threat to the safety of the students, faculty, staff, and visitors. Reviewed 01/09

Code Red Organizational Structure * SUPERINTENDENT

* PRINCIPAL


* Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety

*Asst. *Chief *Asst. School *Asst. *Director of *Asst. Supt. Supt. Financial Supt. Resource Princ. Assessment for Operatio Human Officer for Officer for Student & Research Resources Curr/ Services Instr

*Dean Communications/ *Director *Director Community of of Relations

Security Health Services Director * Report to the command center (Room 272- Safety & Discipline Office) in a crisis situation (code red and code yellow). Alternate Command Centers: In the event that Room 272 is in the affected area, two other alternate command centers are located in the building. 1st alternate site – Room 213 (Board Room) 2nd alternate site – Room 373 (Instruction Center) Once a command center location has been established, a designated administrator will notify security, switchboard and police. Reviewed 01/09


Code Red

INDIVIDUAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES

The goal is to secure the area and lend assistance, not to confront the intruder. Upon hearing the all-school announcement, the designated Administrative Staff, and Deans will report to the Command Center. Each District and Building Administrative Team member is equipped with the appropriate area keys and two-way radio in order to assist students and staff. All other faculty and staff members will report to their assigned areas and direct students and others to the nearest classroom or office before assuming the lockdown position. A. Superintendent or designated administrator has the overall decision-making authority in

the event of a critical incident. The Superintendent will: 1. Report to Command Center – Room 272, if possible; 2. Confer with DLT and BLT at Command Center; 3. Call 911 and give Police the information; 4. Notify Board President, when appropriate; 5. Wait for further directions from the Police and/or Fire Department; 6. Assist Community Relations Director and Police with preparation of a press release.

B. Principal

1. Notify School Resource Officer; 2. Make an all-school announcement concerning a Code Red; 3. Report to Command Center 4. Assume responsibility of Superintendent in his/her absence.

C. Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety will be the liaison and chief

administrator for the implementation of the Critical Incident Response Plan Guidelines at OPRF High School. He/She will: 1. Report to Command Center – Room 272, if possible; 2. Verify the crisis and acquire any additional information; 3. Notify Superintendent; 4. Alert Safety and Support Team; 5. Notify the Crisis Team Leaders and assist in determining the level of post-crisis

management plan to be implemented – The Asst. Principal for Student Services will be the lead in providing post-crisis counseling;

6. Assume responsibilities of the Principal in his/her absence. D. Assistant Superintendent for Operations

Turn bell system off; Gather the following equipment and report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible; 1. Laptop computer 2. Radios 3. Phone access 4. Diagrams of school layout 5. Student Emergency Information


Await further instructions; Assume responsibilities of the Asst. Principal for Student Health & Safety in his/her absence.

E. Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction

1. Report to the Command Center- Room 272, if possible; 2. Act as the designated historian and complete the “Critical Incident Response Drill

Feedback Form” and/or the “Command Center Log”; 3. Await further instructions; 4. Assume responsibilities of the Assistant Superintendent for Operations in his/her

absence. F. Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources

1. Report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible, 2. Assume responsibilities of the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum in his/her

absence.

Chief Financial Officer Director of Assessment & Research Dean All Administrators listed above will: Report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible; Await further instructions. G. The Director of Security will:

1. Establish communication with the Principal (Channel #3); 2. Provide assistance as needed; 3. Assist police with directions and building conditions; 4. Keep records of situation as warranted; 5. Provide leadership; 6. Direct Safety and Support Team as needed.

H. The Health Services Director will:

1. Report to the Command Center – Room 272, if possible, and provide medical assistance when appropriate.

I. The Buildings & Grounds Department

1. Staff members that are on school grounds but outside the building should go to the stadium. Staff members that are away from the building should not return until a code green is announced.

2. All Buildings & Grounds personnel should find the closest safe place and assume a lockdown position. Lend assistance to and take attendance for any students or visitors who might be in your immediate area.

3. Maintenance Staff:

a. Go to boiler room if possible or secure location.


b. Maintenance channel on radio should remain monitored because of elevator phones.

c. Head engineer or his designate need to be at fire alarm panel. d. Electricians or carpenters close door on ramp. e. Call freight elevator to basement and open door. f. If possible, Rm. 105 personnel or an electrician should silence class bells

during code red .


Code Green (Post-Code Red) Reviewed 01/09

Once the police give the “all clear” to the Superintendent, this indicates a Code Green Condition. A. The Superintendent will:

• Prepare a letter for parents/guardians that will be sent home with students at the end of the day. The letter will explain the code red incident that occurred and its resolution. This information will also be shared with staff.

• Respond to questions from staff members. B. The Principal will:

• Make a “Code Green” announcement to the school. This announcement will include instructions to staff, faculty, students, and visitors. (There may or may not be an explanation of the situation at the time);

• If necessary, arrange for a modification of the school schedule; C. The Assistant Principal for Student Health and Safety will:

• Assist the Superintendent in notifying the staff about the incident; • Provide involved staff members with support; • Refer questions from the staff to the Superintendent; • Share information and provide support for students (This is done in conjunction with

School Crisis Team.); • In the event of a death, acquire additional information regarding services and the

family’s wishes. D. The Director of Building and Grounds will ensure that the bell system is

operational. E. School Crisis Team (SCT) will provide counseling assistance to staff and students and

may initiate the Crisis Management Plan. F. Counselors will assist with necessary family member notifications in the aftermath of a

crisis. Media: All media contact will be made through the Superintendent/Principal and the Community Relations Director. A press release will be prepared jointly by Oak Park and River Forest High School and The Oak Park Police Department.


Code Yellow

INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS/RESPONSIBILITIES Reviewed 01/09

A Code Yellow Condition means that events have occurred that indicate the possibility of a major disturbance. All Staff will be notified by either the PA system, a written notice, or in person. Students will:

• Remain with faculty in their assigned “safe” areas.

Note: Leaving a “safe” area before the “all clear” Code Green Condition has been communicated can place the student at risk. Any student that leaves a “safe” area during a code yellow condition should be referred to their Dean after a Code Green has been announced.

Teachers and All Other Adults in the Building will:

• Check the hallways for students. Any students should be instructed to go into the closest classroom or safe area. Those students’ names should be recorded.

• Lock all doors and windows and continue with the planned activity. • Take attendance. • Remain calm and provide leadership. • Refrain from issuing passes for the duration of the Code Yellow Condition; • Keep students in your classroom. Students should not change classes during a Code

Yellow Condition (Students and staff will not be released until an “all clear” Code Green Condition has been determined by the Superintendent or Administrative designee).

NOTE: Do NOT pull the fire alarm; ignore all bells and tones (except fire alarm). Please Note: In the event that the building must be evacuated, the Police Department will direct the procedures. Deans and counselors will report to assigned area of the building: Counselor #25 and Counselor# 51 4th floor (old building) Counselor #23 and Counselor #27 3rd floor (old building) Counselor #58 and Counselor #98 3rd floor (new wing) Counselor #33 and Counselor #44 2nd floor Counselor #66 and Counselor #87 Counseling Office – Room 207 Counselor #39 and Counselor #17 Counseling Office – Room 208 Dean #99 and Dean #97 Safety & Discipline Office – Room 272


Dean #90 and Dean #91 1st Floor Welcome Center Director of Safety & Support Team - Unit #1 will report to the 105 to assist police with directions and building conditions SAFETY AND SUPPORT OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES: Unit #K South field house door in Field House Unit #3 Exit 3 Mall Corridor/Scoville side Unit #10 Exit 4 Student Center/Scoville side Unit #4 Exit 5 By Room 109 areas/Scoville side Unit #M Exit 6 By the Room 117 area/Scoville side Unit #9 Exit 7 North door to Erie Street by the 193 area Unit #6 Exit 8 West door from Loading Dock to the Student Center Unit #B Exit 9 West door from North Cafeteria to the Mall area Unit #8 Exit 11 Athletic entrance to Mall area

All Safety and Support Team monitors will await further instructions


Code Green (Post-Code Yellow)

Reviewed 01/09

The Superintendent will: • Meet with DLT and BLT in Board Room; • Prepare a letter for students’ parents that will be sent home with students at the end of

the day. This letter will explain the code yellow incident that occurred and its resolution. This information will also be shared with staff.

The Principal will:

• Make a “Code Green” announcement to the school. This announcement will include instructions to staff, faculty, students, and visitors. (There may or may not be an explanation of the situation at this time);


Guidelines for Faculty & Staff in Critical Situations Reviewed 01/09 POWER FAILURE DURING SCHOOL HOURS

• Faculty and staff should ensure that students are calm and safe. • The Director of Building and Grounds will contact the Utility companies and alert

them of the power failure. • The Assistant Superintendent for Operations will alert the Police Department of the

power failure. • Faculty and Staff should await further instructions. If lights are going to be off for an undetermined amount of time, the Superintendent or another designated administrator will contact the following people:

• Communications/Community Relations Director • Food Services Director • Special Education Division Head

Note: Under certain circumstances, it may be necessary to close the school. The decision to close the school will be determined by the Superintendent or another designated administrator. HOSTAGE SITUATION ON A SCHOOL BUS/FIELD TRIP

• Follow the instructions of the hostage-taker. • DO NOT TRY TO DISARM THE HOSTAGE-TAKER! • DO NOT TRY TO NEGOTIATE WITH THE HOSTAGE-TAKER! • Remain calm and try to keep students calm. Provide as much comfort to students as

possible. • Mentally document what is happening so that you can assist the police after the

incident is resolved. • Trust the Hostage Negotiators once they arrive and follow their lead.

WEAPONS REPORTED/OBSERVED AT OR NEAR THE BUS ON A FIELDTRIP

• Bus driver should notify transportation office. • Incident must be reported to

1. Police 2. Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety or another administrator

• Students must remain on the bus until the incident has been discussed with an administrator.

• Upon returning to the school, a “Staff Incident Report” should be completed.


ATTEMPTED CHILD ABDUCTION • Notify Assistant Principal for Student Health & Safety or another administrator. • Police should be notified and given all relevant information (who, what, where, when,

etc.) • Parents will be contacted in conjunction with the police and administration.

DEATH WHILE AT SCHOOL

• Call 911 immediately. • The Crisis Management Team (CMT) will meet as soon as possible. • CMT will recommend a plan of action to the Assistant Principal for Student Services. • Once the family (including members in the building) has been notified, the faculty,

staff, and the student body will be informed of the incident. • Department Heads should go to rooms being taught by substitute teachers to assist

them in handling the crisis. • The normal school schedule may be altered. If this happens, faculty and staff

members will receive a revised bell schedule. • If appropriate, make arrangements for:

1. Individual counseling 2. Group counseling for faculty, staff and students 3. Relief for disturbed staff members 4. A private room for private reflection for staff and students

Note: If a death occurs when school is not in session, faculty and staff will be notified via the emergency School Closing-Phone Tree.

Reviewed 01/09


MEDICAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURES DURING NON-SCHOOL HOURS

In the event that a medical emergency should occur in or around the school building at a time when the school nurse is not available, the procedures outlined below should be followed. This document covers the step-by-step procedures that need to be followed to attend to the medical emergency as well as the steps for notifying school officials and family. (Note: Athletic trainers may be available to attend to medical emergencies. In general, the athletic trainers arrive at school at 2:00 and are here until 6:30. If there is an athletic contest in the evening the trainer may be here much later.) STEPS OF ACTION Note: If the injured individual is unresponsive the Automatic External Defibrillator should be obtained (see AED locations on following page) and used on the individual at the same time the paramedics are called.

1. Call 911. Request immediate paramedic assistance. a. Identify the problem. b. Identify the location of the accident. c. Identify which entrance to access upon arrival.

2. Remain with injured individuals. 3. Aid the injured or sick individual to the best of your ability 4. Block off the impacted area and insist that onlookers leave the area.

AFTER MEDICAL ASSISTANCE ARRIVES Medical emergency cards are located in Health Services and may provide critical information regarding the health history of the injured individual. All administrators should have a key to unlock the room and be familiar with the location of the emergency cards. If you do not have a key contact Steve Doble on the maintenance radio channel (channel 3) or call extension 3007, or contact the engineer at extension 3930.

1. Provide necessary information to the paramedic team. 2. Notify the Superintendent or Principal. If they are unavailable notify an Assistant

Principal. ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Notify Business Department and complete accident/injury report. 2. Notify DLT and BLT. 3. Notify Board of Education. 4. Prepare a written communication to staff.

Reviewed 01/09


ACCIDENTS Accidents to any person under the supervision or direction of a teacher, whether in the classroom, corridor, or on a school trip, may result in legal suit to a teacher unless “reasonable care” is used by the teacher to prevent such accidents. Any accident or sudden illness on school property should be referred to the Health Services office, Room 234 at extension 3234. Each classroom will be provided with a first aid kit. This kit will also contain some instructions for administering first aid. Replacement supplies for the kit may be obtained from Health Services. Accidents to any employee of the school while working for the school should be promptly reported to the Business Office in compliance with provisions of the Workers’ Compensation Act.


AED LOCATIONS Outside: Stadium – East Entrance 1st Floor: Corridor Outside of East Pool West Pool Area Trainer’s Office in Field House Field House Corridor North Wall Adjacent to Ticket Booth in Student Center 2nd Floor Adaptive Gym Corridor Outside of Health Services Office – Room 234 3rd Floor 3 East Dance Studio Area Outside of 3rd floor Library Entrance

(Rev. 01/09)


FIRST AID IN THE CLASSROOM Priority of Action for all Emergencies:

1. Keep Calm 2. Call Health Services at Ext. 3234 or Ext. 3534 and state injury or condition 3. Keep student calm 4. Remain with student and follow steps below

Back Injuries: Do not move the student. Bleeding (severe): Put on gloves. Apply direct pressure. Breathing Difficulty: Stop activity. Have student sit. Burns: Immerse burned area in cold water immediately. Choking: If student CANNOT breathe, cough, or speak, perform Heimlich

maneuver. Diabetes: See Medic Alert list provided by the School Nurse. Drug Ingestion: Notify nurse immediately. Electrical Shock: DO NOT touch student until electrical contact is broken. Break electrical

contact with non-conducting article. (e.g. book, wooden stick) Eye Injury: Send student to Health Services—Room 234. Fainting: Lay student on floor. Foreign Body: DO NOT attempt to remove from ANY body part. Fractures/Dislocations: DO NOT move student. Head Injuries: Watch for any change in emotions or behavior. Always notify school

nurse and contact immediately if changes are observed, especially drowsiness.

Seizures: Place on floor, do not interfere, give space. DO NOT put anything in

mouth. Turn on side if vomiting. IF ANY OF THE ABOVE INJURIES OCCUR, NOTIFY HEALTH SERVICES AT EXTENSION 3234 OR 3534. Reviewed 01/09


ACCIDENTS Reviewed 01/09 Accidents to any person under the supervision or direction of a teacher, whether in the classroom, corridor, or on a school trip, may result in legal suit to a teacher unless “reasonable care” is used by the teacher to prevent such accidents. Any accident or sudden illness on school property should be referred to the Health Services office, Room 234 at extension 3234. Each classroom will be provided with a first aid kid. This kit will also contain some instructions for administering first aid. Replacement supplies for the kit may be obtained from Health Services. Accidents to any employee of the school while working for the school should be promptly reported to the Business Office in compliance with provisions of the Workers’ Compensation Act.


BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN Oak Park and River Forest High School has a Bloodborne Pathogen exposure control plan, approved March 30, 1993, by the Board of Education. The copies of the plan are available in the Human Resources office, Room 215. The plan applies to all employees who have reasonable anticipated exposure to bloodborne pathogens, either occupationally as a result of their profession or by tasks that may result in exposure to bloodborne pathogens. The plan entails exposure determination, compliance methods, housekeeping and regulated waste disposal, post-exposure procedure, and record keeping. Bloodborne pathogens are microorganisms present in human blood that can cause disease in humans. The pathogens include, but are not limited to the Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood, an unfixed human tissue or organ, semen, and vaginal secretions. Tears, sweat, saliva, vomit, urine and feces are not included as infectious material unless tinged with blood. The purpose of this document is to provide for an exposure control plan with respect to such bloodborne pathogens. This plan is premised on the application of universal precautions. This approach assumes all human blood and certain body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, or other bloodborne pathogens. The Exposure Control Coordinator designated to serve the District is the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources and may be reached in the Human Resource Office, Room 215 at extension 3215.


MANAGEMENT OF BODY SPILL PROCEDURES Remember, in general, frequent hand washing is the most important technique for prevention of disease. Proper hand washing requires the use of soap under a stream of running water for 10 to 20 seconds. There is no substitute for soap and running water. Body Spills: Gloves should be worn when dealing with all body spills. Send

student to Health Services for any bleeding (e.g., cuts or bloody nose).

Tooth Care: Send student and tooth to Health Services. Drooling: Wipe with tissue and dispose of tissue. Wash hands. Human Bites: Send student to Health Services. Scraped Skin: Send student to Health Services. Pencil Stabs: Send student to Health Services. Sharp Instrument Cuts Object should be removed from classroom (handle with (e.g., scissors, knives, paper towel), wrapped in paper towel, and disinfected in saw blades, tweezers, Health Services. Security should escort student and deliver needles): the object to Health Services. Furniture and Floors: Custodians have been instructed for cleanup. Contaminated by Body Call Buildings and Grounds (extension 3100) Spills: (revised 12/11/01)

Reviewed 01/09


PROTECTIVE EYE COVERING During the 1965 session of the Illinois State Legislature, Senate bill 1990 was passed requiring the use of eye protective devices by all students, teachers and visitors when participating in or observing certain vocational industrial arts and chemical-physical science courses or laboratories, and providing minimum standards for such devices. A committee composed of Division Heads, the school nurse, and a member of the administrative staff was formed to evaluate and select equipment and to develop the procedures necessary to insure compliance with this act. The committee’s recommendations are as follows:

1. Students enrolled in chemistry and industrial arts courses where consistent use of eye protective devices is indicated will be required to purchase appropriate equipment. Students who normally wear glasses will use monogoggles over their glasses; all other students will use industrial-type safety glasses.

2. Students enrolled in certain art, biology and physical science courses where only occasional use of eye protective equipment is indicated will use division equipment on a loan basis.

These recommendations have been adopted and this equipment is available in the Bookstore for students to purchase. Arrangements have been made for faculty members who are subject to the provisions of this act to obtain safety goggles without personal expense. Teachers who wear glasses may obtain a specific type of prescription industrial safety goggles at an optical provider designated by the school. The school will pay for the purchase of such safety goggles but not for the preliminary eye examination. Authorization to obtain goggles must be secured from the Business Office. Teachers who do not normally wear glasses may obtain a pair of standard safety glasses from the Bookstore without charge.

Reviewed 01/09

FIRE DRILL/EVACUATION PROCEDURES AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS

2009-2010

(Specific Assignments are subject to change on an annual basis.)

ALL RADIO COMMUNICATION WILL BE ON CHANNEL 3 (MAINTENANCE CHANNEL)

TEACHER AND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES Teachers are responsible for providing explicit instruction in advance to students in each class, study hall, or other assignment and for serving as positive role models for the building evacuation. Instructions should be reviewed periodically throughout the school year. The evacuation information includes procedures for leaving the room and the building and specific instructions regarding the route to be followed and the location of the assembly area outside the building. Whenever the fire alarm sounds, EVERYONE (students, faculty, staff, administrators, etc.) MUST EVACUATE THE BUILDING IMMEDIATELY!

It is inappropriate and illegal for anyone to delay the evacuation process by getting coats or other forms of outerwear before leaving the building. School personnel are compelled to report to a fire marshal any individual who delays evacuation or fails to leave the building.

DO NOT PERMIT STUDENTS TO GO TO LOCKERS FOR ANY REASON. Exits for leaving the building are posted in each room. It is extremely important that these specific routes are followed and that groups assemble far enough away from the building so as not to restrict fire department access at any location. SPECIAL NOTE: If an alarm sounds any time and students are not in designated classes, i.e., passing periods, assemblies, etc., please pay special attention to assisting special needs students to the nearest designated area of refuge. Faculty and staff are requested to assist all students with evacuating the building in an orderly fashion and to supervise the nearest group of students while outside the building and during the re-entry process. ADVANCED PREPARATION: Each teacher should appoint two pupils in each class or study hall to serve as leaders. These leaders will be responsible for ensuring that all windows are closed. IMPORTANT: Please review the special evacuation plans for orthopedic and/or medically fragile students.

School Nurse: One school nurse will be located in Room 105.


EVACUATION PROCEDURES 1. Students should leave the classrooms immediately and form a double line close to the

wall outside of the classroom. They should remain in the hall briefly until everyone has vacated the room and all windows and doors have been closed.

2. The teacher or supervisor should lead the students along the designated route to the designated area outside of the building. The teacher or supervisor must insist that students proceed at the same rate until the designated area is reached so as not to delay the exit of students who are still in the building. Groups must be taken far enough away from the building to permit easy access by the fire department. All persons evacuating to the mall (rear of building) must proceed all the way onto the fields. Standing on the mall prohibits the passage of emergency personnel vehicles.

3. The teacher or supervisor should continue supervision outside of the building to ensure

that private property of school neighbors is protected and that all school rules are respected (all school rules are in effect during a fire drill as are applicable in the classroom or study hall). All streets, alleys and drives must be kept clear so that fire department equipment can move around the building.

4. Take attendance upon arriving to the designated are outside of the building. Discuss

with students who fail to adhere to the rules the need to account for everyone. In case of a Code of Conduct violation (smoking, leaving the area, etc.), report the student to the Dean.

5. When the signal is given to re-enter the building, return to classes via the reverse route

used to exit the building and wait for instructions regarding the schedule for the remainder of the day. Any change in bell schedule will be announced immediately over PA system.

Please do not call the switchboard during evacuation procedures unless it is an emergency.

STATE LAW PROHIBITS SMOKING DURING A FIRE ALARM/DRILL/EVACUATION

EVACUATION OF ORTHOPEDIC AND/OR MEDICALLY FRAGILE STUDENTS

Faculty members who are in the presence of non-ambulatory and medically fragile students should remain with these students during an evacuation and escort the students to areas of refuge.

ADVANCED PREPARATION

1. If you have a non-ambulatory student who utilizes a wheelchair or a medically fragile student enrolled in your class, pre-arrange with your nearest teaching colleague to escort both their class and your class out of the building. (This pre-arrangement will serve to give your colleague prior notice.) Please remain in the area of refuge with your students.

2. When the mainstream evacuation flow has cleared the hall, move quickly to the designated area of refuge.



3. Each teacher should appoint two pupils in each class or study hall as leaders. These leaders should be responsible for ensuring that all windows are closed.

4. Any physically disabled person in the building must be accompanied by a faculty member to one of the designated areas for the physically disabled.

5. It is imperative that these procedures be placed in each faculty members’ substitute packet.


FIRE MARSHAL ASSIGNMENTS (Specific Assignments are subject to change on an annual basis)

This task is one of coordinating the movement of students in the areas indicated below and seeing that the appropriate classes use the designated stairwells and exits. Special effort should be made to ensure that classes move away from the doorways and a reasonable distance from the building. Names and assignments are subject to change.

First Floor Second Floor Exit # Individual Room

No. Exit # Individual Room

No. Main Foran/Hayes 105

Athletic Office

Stelzer Athletic Office

4 Boznos 101 3 Collins, D. 204 4 Cada 106 4 Bluminberg 207 5 Fuentes 111 5 Hanson 207 6 Lenoir 117 6 Sebestyen 218 8 TBD 127 7 Sandoval 298 7 Collins, Pattie 191 8 Segal 298 8 Gerwig/McNichols 134 9 Spain 129 9 Rice 225 10 Stachurski Mall

Corridor

11 Organ Third Floor Fourth Floor

3 Houston 301 5 Howie 311 5 Kotas/Geselbracht 410 6 Asbury, K. 315 6 Gerena 418 7 Le Fevre, J. 392 8 Hasso 335 8 Brennock 423 9 McGinnis 378 9 Hughes 430


DESIGNATED AREAS OF REFUGE (Names and assignments are subject to change) Floor Room Phone

Ext. Assigned Emergency Supervisors Alternate

Location Phone Ext.

1st 109 3808 Carolina Schoenbeck/Peggy Markey 107 3070 2nd 208 3510 Sarah VenHorst/Kris Johnson 228 3228 3rd 308 3509 Carolyn Ojikutu/Fred Galluzzo 328 3328 4th 422 3422 Joel Runyon/Tom Tarrant 423 3623

1st 193 3193

Evon Mucek/Sandy Hurt Day Care Center

Stadium

Teachers should familiarize themselves with the most direct route from their classroom to the areas of refuge. All orthopedic or medically impaired students on the first floor should exit the building immediately utilizing the designated evacuation route. TEAM students or other medically fragile students should report to 109. Leaders in areas of refuge should report during a drill or evacuation to their designated locations (Rooms 109, 208, 308, and 422) until a call from Room 105 is received. Marilyn Thivel and Leah Carlin will be located in Room 105 and will phone each of the four designated areas of refuge within three minutes to obtain the names of all students/faculty present at each location (Rooms 109, 208, 308 and 422).

TORNADO ALERT AND DISASTER DRILL PROCEDURES

AND SUPERVISORY ASSIGNMENTS 2009-2010

ALL RADIO COMMUNICATION WILL BE ON CHANNEL 3 (MAINTENANCE

Whenever an emergency arises, it is necessary to have persons take charge of specific areas to ensure that “high risk” areas are cleared and to check that the “safety zones” are orderly. Names and assignments are subject to change. Administrators, Counselors, Deans, Division Heads, Department Heads, and Safety and Support Team Members have been designated as marshals for this purpose. Division heads that have teaching assignments should arrange in advance to have a neighboring teacher supervise their classes while they assume their general supervisory duties. The class roster should be turned over to this teacher. 4th Floor (old building) – evacuate all rooms, assist in relocating students North and East area – P. Erickson and K. Vandermeulen West, south and center hall areas – T. Brennock and Tom Tarrant Safety and Support Staff: Clear 4th floor – A. Moore and one Safety and Support Team Monitor 3rd Floor (new wing) – evacuate all rooms, assist in relocating students West and north center hall – R. Mertz, F. Galluzzo East and south center hall – E. Crawford and one Safety and Support Team Monitor Safety and Support Staff: Clear new wing of 3rd floor – J. Wraggs and one Safety and Support Team Monitor 3rd Floor (old building) – coordinate placement of classes, keep order East and north halls – S. Gevinson and B. Boulware West and center halls – C. Sahagun and J. Goodfellow Library (clear and evacuate both floors) – All librarians Safety and Support Staff: Assist on 3rd floor (old building) – A. Strong 2nd Floor – coordinate placement of classes, keep order North and center corridor (old building) – B. Grosser, V. Martinek Industrial Arts room (2nd and 1st fl.) – R. VenHorst, N. Michalek South Hall (stairs, old building) – A. Walton East corridor (old building) – T. Marr Central corridor (old building) – J. Dennis West corridor (old building) – K. Johnson East corridor (new building) – J. Herbst West corridor (new building) – B. Cherry, C. Ojikutu Music and speech area (new building) – C. Marshall and E. Hlavach East and west corridors – south of auditorium (vacate area) – D. Bluminberg and Safety & Support Staff



Adaptive Gym/Wrestling Gym/Monogram Room – D. Craft Counselors’ offices and corridor – S. VenHorst Additional Areas of Responsibility for Staff: 1st Floor/Student Center S. Carson Outside Athletic Field J. Stelzer Girls’ Pool/1st Floor Gyms C. Sakellaris, Lori Heidloff Boys’ Pool/Fieldhouse/Locker Rooms R. Lawrence Girls’ Gym (3 floors) and locker rooms P. Littleton West and center halls (old building) J. Fuentes, B. Ambrose East and north halls (old building) C. Milojevic Cafeterias Safety and Support Staff East hall and Field house corridor (new building) D. Kleinfeldt

East hall toward science rooms Drivers’ Ed staff Auditorium and associated rooms J. Hallissey, J. Fisher All music rooms P. Pearson TEAM Program TEAM staff Outside – Mall Safety & Support Staff – Ask all

persons to enter building Outside – Scoville Avenue Safety & Support Staff – Ask all

persons to enter building Contact bus transportation company and families of students taking bus transportation

L. Cada, P. Markey

PROCEDURES FOR PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Directions for Teachers 1. Teachers are to remain with their classes. Students on your roster are your responsibility. 3. If you have a special-needs student, pre-arrange that two or three students in your class

will assist you in an emergency. Stay together as a class. Only use the elevators for an impaired student if it is the only safe and expedient way to ensure the student’s safety.

West Side Locations Wrestling Gym and Move all students to the PE ramp. Walk through the Adapted

Gym, 2 South Gym: down the ramp by the PE main office, and against the wall

between the Driver’s Ed offices and the PE ramp. Adapted Gym and Move all students to the area by the PE main office. Walk down Monogram Room: the ramp and against the south wall in the area by the PE main

office. West Pool: Move all students to the sophomore locker room. Fieldhouse: Move students to the north-south hallway, outside of the cafeteria

between the double doors on the south and the water fountains on the north.

1 West Gym: Move all students to the Field house hallway as far away from the

glass at the east and west entrance doors as possible. Boy’s Locker Remain in locker rooms. Rooms: 11

East Side Locations 3rd Floor Dance Move all students to the north side of the hallway near the PE Studio: office on the second floor. Walk down the stairwell near Jane

Graham’s office. On the second floor, move the class down the corridor towards the PE main office, away from windows at the east end of the hallway. Line class up on the north side of the hallway.

3rd Floor South and Move all students to the second floor and line them up near the East Gyms: wall in the hallway from the ramp to the double doors.



Multi-Purpose Room: Exit down the back stairwell to the first floor. Have the students sit in the stairwell on the lower set of stairs leading to the first floor.

2 East Gym: Move students to the alcove near the second floor towel booth

area. Fitness Center: Students should remain in the alcove between the fitness center

and the towel booth. If there are two classes, one class must move down the hallway near the 1 East Gym entrance.

1 East Gym: Move students to the area near the music rooms (Room 100).

Walk down the corridor heading north from the 1 East Gym, near the music rooms.

1 East Classroom Move students to the 1 East Gym. Walk down the hallway from

the towel booth to the 1 East Gym. East Pool: Move students to the girl’s swim locker room. Girl’s Locker Room: Students should remain in locker room.

Outside Athletic Fields South Field and Enter the building through the field house doors or garage door

and Football Field: move to the corridor near the South Cafeteria. Baseball Diamonds: Enter the building through the mall entrance and remain in the

Field House corridor, away from the west mall doors. Softball Diamonds and Enter the building through the entrance near the North Cafeteria Tennis Courts: and proceed to the corridor near the Bookstore.

TORNADO ALERT/DISASTER DRILL ROOM RELOCATION AREAS


ROOM # SHELTER AREA ROOM # SHELTER AREA ROOM # SHELTER AREA100 Hallway outside room 132 200 Hallway outside rooms

134201 Remain

135 Hallway in front 202100C 137 of classrooms 204100E 204A

101 139 Remain in 205102 140 rooms103 207 West wall of104 Corridor adjoining 208 corridor

104B Bookstore and room 208A outside rooms174

105 Hallway near rooms 210 Remain in room106 107 and 108 145 West side of corridor

147 near the Crest West wall of corridor107 Remain in room outside room

150 Boys' PE108 Hallway near rooms 152 locker room 212 Remain in room109 107 and 108

158 Corridor on East West wall of corridor110 Hallway directly in 160 side of outside room111 front of classrooms 170 Auditorium

214112 172 214A114 173

174 217 West wall of corridorHallway directly in 183 218front of classroom 184 219 outside room

185116 Remain in room 185B 220 South wall outsie

221 room 221117 Hallway 191

117B directly 192 226-228118 in front 193 229

118A of classrooms 194 230 of corridor231

119 Remain 195 233120 in 195A121 rooms 196 234 Remain in room

196A126 Hallway directly West wall of

126A 198 corridor outside room127 199128 236129 All P.E. Classes 237131 Boys' Should follow 239

and P.E. Tornado Drill 240Girls' Procedures 241

Locker Remain in 243Rooms locker rooms 244

245246247

115

235Remain in rooms

Hallway in front

of classrooms

Remain in rooms

rooms

141

rooms

West wall

outside rooms

Westside

Remain in roomRemain in room

in front of

Remain in rooms

of corridor

outside

rooms

213

211

Move to room 197

Remain in rooms

in


250 300 341 2nd floor outside253 300B 342 room 272256 301257 302 343258 303 344260 304 345261 305 346262 306 347270 306A 348

270A 349271 307272 308 350 2nd floor 273 309 351274 310 351A275 311 352 North/South hall

275A 313 252A275B 353

276 314 Remain in room 354277278 315 Hallway outside room 355 2nd floor280 356 North/South hall282 316 Remain in room 357283 358284 317 Hallway outside room

284B 360 2nd floor halls285 318 West wall outside 361 between286 319 rooms 311-313 362 Business Office287 363 and rooms

320 364 207 and 208290 West wall of 321

290A corridor 323 365 2nd floor Center hall291 366 hallway outside292 325 Third floor Library staff cafeteria

325A (348-387)(Center hall2nd Floor Hallway near 211, 326 near World Language 368 between

Library freight elevator & Division Offices) 371 rooms 207 & 208room 230

327 Hallway near 372 Remain298 Remain in room 328 freight 372A in

329 elevator 373299 West wall of corridor 374 Rooms

299A outside rooms 291-293 330331 375 Second Floor

376332 Remain in room 377 hallway outside

377 A-D333 Hallway outside room 378 of room

378A335 379 241337 379A338339340

Remain

in

Second floor hallways

directly below (near

rooms 200 - 204)

rooms

outside rooms

Hallway outside room

Hallway outside rooms

Hallway outside room

Hallway outside rooms

2nd floor outside

near room 200

towards girls' P.E.


380 Second floor 407 Second floor 3rd floor corridor381 408 outside room 384 - 387382 hallway 409 corridor near

382A 410 rooms 3rd floor East/West383 outside 411 211, 213 & 216 corridor near rooms

383B 321 - 323384 of room 412 Third floor hallway

384B 412A near rooms Third floor corridor385 412B 384-387 outside rooms

385A 241 384 - 387386 2nd floor hallway near387 rooms 211, 213 & 216 437 3rd floor East/West

438 corridor near390 West wall 3rd floor hallway near 439 rooms391 outside rooms 384 - 387 440 321 - 323 392 rooms396 311-313 2nd floor corridor near 472 3rd floor corridor

room 211, 213 & 216 473Library Hallway outside 474

Third 384-387 (center 3rd floor hallway near 475Floor corridor in World Lang rooms 384 - 387 476

Division) 477417 2nd floor corridor near 478

397 Remain in room 211, 213 & 216398 rooms 480 3rd floor corridor

418 3rd floor corridor 481418A 482

419 directly 483419A 484

421 below 485486

422 3rd floor corridor 487 384 - 387near rooms 384 - 387

423 3rd floor corridor434425

425A426427

427A428

429 3rd floor East/West430 west corridor near431 room 321 - 323

3rd floor corridoroutside room 384 - 387

3rd floor East/Westcorridor near rooms

321 - 323

435

rooms

outside

below

directly

433

434

directly

below

432

414

436

413

415

416


Section 9

BOARD OF EDUCATION POLICIES OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO

FACULTY MEMBERS POLICY 100, STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY ............................................................. 3

POLICY 101, HUMAN DIGNITY AND DIVERSITY..................................................... 5

POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY ................................................................................. 6

GENDER EQUITY PROCEDURES, POLICY 101-A ............................................................... 7 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY ..................................... 12

POLICY 104, PHILOSOPHY OF GRADING ................................................................. 13

DEFINITION OF TERMS ................................................................................................... 14 COMMUNICATION RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................. 14

POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS ....................... 16

POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS – PROCEDURES................................................................................................................. 17

POLICY 1230, SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ON DAYS OF RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES .............................................................................................................. 19

POLICY 3310, CONTRACTS/PURCHASING ............................................................... 20

SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS FOR POLICY 3310 .......................................... 23

POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS .............................................. 27

GUIDELINES FOR POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS ......... 28

POLICY 3600, ETHICS ................................................................................................... 29

POLICY 3610, AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR USE ......................... 35

PROCEDURES FOR PUBLIC ACCESS DEFIBRILLATION PROGRAM, POLICY 3610................................................................................................................................... 36

POLICY 3700, WELLNESS ............................................................................................ 41

NUTRITION EDUCATION ................................................................................................. 41 PHYSICAL ACTIVITY ...................................................................................................... 41 NUTRITION OF FOOD AVAILABLE IN BUILDING .............................................................. 42

POLICY 4120, SUSPENSION OF CERTIFIED STAFF MEMBERS ............................ 43

POLICY 4130, RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY MEMBERS ....................................................................................................................... 44



PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY MEMBERS FOR BOARD POLICY 4130 .................................................................... 45

POLICY 4150, STAFF ATTENDANCE AT CONFERENCES AND WORKSHOPS .. 46

POLICY 4310, SEXUAL OR OTHER HARASSMENT OF EMPLOYEES .................. 47

PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4310 ............................................................................ 50

POLICY 4300, EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM .............................................. 53

POLICY 4320, EMPLOYEE COMMUNICABLE DISEASES ...................................... 54

POLICY 4360, ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY - PERSONNEL .................. 56

PERSONNEL ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT ................. 59

POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES............................ 60

PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES ....... 62

POLICY 5114-4, PROHIBITION AGAINST BULLYING, HAZING, HARASSMENT, AND CYBERBULLYING ............................................................................................... 65

POLICY 5132, CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAMS ......................................................... 69

POLICY 5136, STUDENT TRAVEL .............................................................................. 77

A. APPROVAL ............................................................................................................. 79 B. SUPERVISION ......................................................................................................... 79 C. COSTS .................................................................................................................... 79 D. INSURANCE ............................................................................................................ 80 E. TRANSPORTATION .................................................................................................. 80 F. GENERAL FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 80 G. GENERAL ACTIVITY TRIP PROCEDURES ................................................................. 81 H. GENERAL EXCHANGE/EXCURSION TRIP PROCEDURES ........................................... 81

POLICY 5143, ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATIONS ............................................ 83

POLICY 5320, STUDENT SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT .............. 88

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 5320 AND RESPONDING TO STUDENTS WITH SOCIAL, EMOTIONAL, OR MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS ................................................. 90 PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES TEAM .................................................................................... 90 REFERRALS .................................................................................................................... 90 SCHOOL COUNSELING, SOCIAL WORK, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES ...................... 90 PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL GROUPS 2 ................................................................................ 91 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY LINKAGES ........................................................................... 91

POLICY 6160, ACADEMIC HONESTY ........................................................................ 92

POLICY 6220, TUTORING AND THERAPY................................................................ 95

POLICY 100, STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY “Those Things That Are Best" We believe that -- Human beings want to learn and can derive their most gratifying and certainly their unique human fulfillment from the process of satisfying their intellectual curiosity. While some educational endeavors are justified by what they enable a student to do later in life, it is also true that learning has intrinsic worth. It is the source of mankind's loftiest and most enduring pleasure: the exercise of the mind. The task given by society to the school is the formal education of its youth. This education must include general humanistic studies, must aim for competence in communication and computational skills, and must nurture healthful living. In a world of rapid change, the ability to recognize change, to adapt and to learn new approaches and techniques is in itself an essential skill. The needs of each student must be the primary concern. Learning can take place in many ways, but it is enhanced when it is self-motivated. The interaction between teacher and student is the center of the school's learning process in all aspects of the school program. The curriculum, the substance of the learning process, should draw selectively upon subject areas, both as traditionally understood and as newly emerging. Concentration should be upon relating essential ideas from various disciplines through differing methods of inquiry. The objective of quality education is to inspire and to equip each student to find a constructive and responsible role as a caring citizen in the world and in this nation and community. Quality education readies students for the world of work and for valuing the non-occupational aspects of living. The school should build upon each student's aptitudes, past experiences, achievements, traits, interests, and worthy goals in life. The school should help students become aware of personal capabilities, problems, strengths and weaknesses, self-worth, and ability to improve the world in which they live as they mature and fulfill themselves. Our students will take their place in a larger society characterized by competition and cooperation. The competitive spirit induces effort to overcome challenges and requires learning how to handle both success and failure in self and others. The cooperative spirit leads to valuing and

Series 100 – Page 3

strengthening others and learning to meld into a working group. The school should help the students learn to achieve in both situations. In a society characterized by diversity of cultural heritage, it is important that persons in the school community learn to respect and understand both their own roots and the roots of others. Awareness of ethnic, religious, racial, economic and political backgrounds, ours and others', assists the development of empathy, communication, and the constructive interaction necessary to our developing society. Moral concern and the behavior issuing from it make life in community possible and enriching. The school shares responsibility with the larger community to foster a type of reflection, conscious decision making and behavior that looks beyond individual perception to a larger sense of the right, the good, the better, the best, the ideal as criteria for behavior for both the individual and society. The task of the school is to encourage students in their own moral reflection and action rather than to recommend or impose any particular value system or judgment. The high school is a partner in a much larger, continuing process of learning that includes the home, elementary and post secondary education, leisure activities, employment, and community life. In determining responsibility to be assumed, the high school should accept those educational tasks in which it can function best; it should not accept non-educational tasks unless they are clearly required to fulfill its primary educational role or they cannot be cared for with reasonable facility by other appropriate agencies. The school must rely upon the good will, active support, and faithful performance by others of their own contribution to the educational effort. Amended: February 21, 1985, March 15, 1979, October 21, 1976 Adopted Date: Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions: And Guidelines Cross Ref.:


POLICY 101, HUMAN DIGNITY AND DIVERSITY The Board of Education recognizes that the diverse character of the Villages of Oak Park and River Forest adds value to the educational experience of its students and asserts that in a society characterized by such diversity, it is important that students, faculty and staff persons in the school community understand, respect, and value both their own heritage and the heritage of others. Respect for the rights of others encourages understanding and promotes the kinds of interactions necessary for good citizenship. Each individual shall be considered as unique with individual strengths, talents, and skills; shall have equal access to all school-related opportunities; shall be regarded with the same high esteem; and shall be encouraged to fulfill his or her potential as a human being. There shall be no discrimination against any individual because of age, ancestry, color, disability, gender, marital status, military status, nationality, race, religion, or sexual orientation. Negative or discriminatory behavior in violation of this policy wherever it occurs will be dealt with appropriately. Amended: March 25, 2004; April 22, 1993; December 13, 1989;

October 19, 1978, Adopted Date: June 19, 1975 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY No student or employee shall, on the basis of his or her gender, be denied equal access to courses of instruction, programs, activities, services, employment opportunity, or employment benefits of Oak Park and River Forest High School District No. 200, subject to applicable state and federal laws and regulations. The Superintendent/Principal or designee shall promulgate administrative procedures implementing this policy, including the appointment of a Gender Equity Coordinator and the establishment of a procedure to resolve or process a grievance or complaint under this policy. Amended Date(s): Adopted Date: May 27, 1993 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


GENDER EQUITY PROCEDURES, POLICY 101-A I. Equal Access to Programs and Activities

District policy provides that no student shall, on the basis of his or her gender, be denied equal access to the District's programs, activities, services or benefits, as required by state and federal laws and regulations. Specific applications of this policy are discussed below:

A. Education Programs

1. Course Offerings. The Gender Equity policy applies to all

course offerings. This policy, however, does not prohibit:

a. grouping of students in physical education classes and activities by ability as assessed by objective standard of individual performance developed and applied without regard to gender;

b. separation of students by gender within physical

education classes or activities during participation in wrestling, boxing, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball and other bodily contact sports;

c. separation of students by gender in classes dealing

exclusively with human sexuality; and,

d. separation of persons based on vocal range or quality even though such separation may result in chorus or choruses of one or predominately one gender.

2. Athletics. The Gender Equity policy applies to all athletic

programs or activities, except that separate teams for members of each gender may be operated:

a. When the sport involved is a contact sport or where

selection for the separate teams is based upon competitive skill; and

b. Provided that where there is no such team for the

excluded gender, members of the excluded gender may be allowed to try out for the team. Eligibility to


try out and/or participate on the team shall be determined by the District on a case-by-case basis. Moreover, equal athletic opportunity shall be provided for members of both genders, including equal provision for equipment, supplies, coaching, facilities, services and publicity, except that unequal aggregate expenditure of funds for members of each gender or male and female teams will not in and of itself constitute a violation of this policy.

3. Counseling. Applies to all counseling and guidance

activities, including all appraisal and counseling materials.

4. Textbooks. Nothing in this policy shall be interpreted as requiring or prohibiting or abridging in any way the use of particular textbooks or curricular materials.

B. Other Activities or Facilities

1. Financial Assistance. Applies to offering scholarships or

other aid or assisting non-school organizations in the offering of scholarships or other aid to students of this district.

2. Employment Assistance. Applies to all efforts to place students

in employment. The district shall, as part of any employment assistance program for students, ensure that all employment opportunities are made available without discrimination on the basis of gender and refuse participation in its student employment program to employers who would practice such discrimination.

3. Health and Insurance. Applies to all health or insurance

policies offered to students but does not prohibit providing benefits or services which may be used by a different proportion of students of one gender than of the other, including family planning. If full coverage is provided, such coverage must include gynecological care.

4. Housing. Nothing in this policy shall be interpreted as

prohibiting the separation of students by gender in housing for field trips or other reasons. Such separate housing must be comparable in quality and availability.


5. Toilet, Locker and Shower Facilities. Separate toilet, locker, and shower facilities shall be provided on the basis of gender. Such facilities shall be comparable to similar facilities provided for students of the other gender.

6. Marital, Family or Parental Status. No rule on marital,

family or parental status that treats one gender differently from the other gender shall be applied or enforced.

7. No agency or organization which discriminates on the basis

of gender in the provision of any aid, benefit, or service to students shall be assisted by the school district in the provision of facilities or the distribution of promotional and recruiting literature as exempted under Sections (b), Financial Aid Established by Certain Legal Instruments, and (c), Athletic Scholarships, of 86.37 of Title IX: (b-1) "A recipient may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial assistance established pursuant to domestic or foreign wills, trusts, bequests, or similar legal instruments or by acts of a foreign government which requires that awards be made to members of particular sex specified therein; provided, that the overall effect of the award of such sex-restricted scholarships, fellowships, and other forms of financial assistance does not discriminate on the basis of sex" and (c-1) "To the extent that a recipient awards athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid, it must provide reasonable opportunities for such awards for members of each sex in proportion to the number of students of each sex participating in interscholastic or intercollegiate athletics ."

C. District Employment Activities

Applies to all aspects of the district's employment programs, including but not limited to, recruitment, advertising, process of application for employment, promotion, granting of tenure, termination, layoffs, wages, job assignments, leaves of absence of all types, fringe benefits, training programs, employer-sponsored programs, including social or recreational programs and any other term, condition or privilege of employment. Specifically, the following personnel employment practices are prohibited:


1. Tests. Administration of any test or other criterion which has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of gender unless it is a valid predictor of job success and alternative tests or criterion are unavailable;

2. Recruitment. Recruitment of employees from entities,

which furnish as applicants only or predominately members of one gender, if such action has the effect of discriminating on the basis of gender;

3. Compensation. Establishment of rates of pay on the basis

of gender;

4. Job Classification. Classification of jobs as being for males or females;

5. Fringe Benefits. Provision of fringe benefits on basis of

gender; all fringe benefit plans must treat males and females equally;

6. Marital and Parental Status. Any action based on marital or

parental status; pregnancies are considered temporary disabilities for all job-related purposes and shall be accorded the same treatment by the District, as are all other temporary disabilities. No inquiry shall be made by the district in job applications as to the marriage status of the applicant, including whether such applicant is "Miss or Mrs." But, inquiry may be made as to the gender of a job applicant for employment if made of all applicants and is not a basis for discrimination.

7. Employment Advertising. Any expression of preference,

limitation, or specification based on gender, unless gender is a bona fide occupational qualification for the particular job in question.

II. Policy Enforcement

To ensure compliance with this policy, the Superintendent/ Principal shall:

A. Designate a member of the administrative staff



1. to coordinate efforts of the district to comply with this policy;

2. to develop, and ensure the maintenance of a filing system to keep all records required under this policy;

3. to investigate any complaints of violations of this policy; 4. to administer the grievance procedure established in this

policy; and 5. to monitor employment practices and to develop affirmative

action programs, as appropriate where necessary to comply with the policy.

B. Provide for the publication of this policy on an ongoing basis to

students, parents, employees, prospective employees and district employee unions or organizations, such publication to include the name, office address and telephone number of the gender equity coordinator designated pursuant to this policy in paragraph B.1.

C. Provide inservice training implementing the gender equity policy to

school district administrators and to certificated and non-certificated personnel as needed.

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR POLICY 101-A, GENDER EQUITY Grievance Procedure No person in the United States shall, on the basis of gender, be excluded from employment, participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. In accordance with Title IX, the Board of Education has adopted the following grievance procedure providing for the resolution of student, parent, and employee complaints alleging violation, misinterpretation, or misapplication of any of the terms of Title IX as applicable to School District 200. I. Procedure

The purpose of this procedure is to secure, at the lowest possible administrative level, equitable solutions to the alleged complaints of gender discrimination. Since it is important that a grievance be processed as rapidly as possible, the number of days indicated at each step should be considered as maximum and an effort should be made to expedite the process.

II. Definitions

A. "Days" means working days, for grievances filed by employees, and school attendance days, for grievances filed by students or parents.

B. "District" means Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200.

C. "Employee" means a person who is, on a permanent basis as opposed to a

temporary basis, on the payroll of the district. D. "Grievance" is a complaint alleging action by the district in violation of Title IX

or the implementing regulations. E. "Gender Equity Coordinator" means the employee designated by the district

Superintendent/Principal to coordinate its District efforts to comply with and carry out its responsibilities under Title IX and the implementing regulations. The Gender Equity Coordinator is not responsible to make judgments. The Coordinator is solely responsible to monitor and document compliance with this policy.

F. "Student" means a person enrolled in the school operated by the district.


POLICY 104, PHILOSOPHY OF GRADING The philosophy of grading at Oak Park and River Forest High School strongly affirms and supports the school's philosophy of education "to provide all students a superior education so that they may achieve their full human potential.” We believe that:

• Grading is a complex process that serves multiple roles; chief among these are evaluation,

motivation, and communication. • Grades, which range from A to F, are primarily indicators of the degree to which students

have achieved the goals of a course. • In accordance with the school's mission statement that "a partnership (exists) between the

student, family, school and community," the responsibility for communication about grades should be shared at all times by teachers, students and parents.

Each teacher will provide and explain a Teacher Course Profile for each course that outlines expectations and the components to be used in determining a grade.

Attached is a definition of terms and communication responsibilities.

Amended: June 26, 1999 Adopted Date: October 18, 1979 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


DEFINITION OF TERMS

Curriculum: a set of courses constituting an area of specialization. Curriculum Guides: the specific delineation of course content including course description, materials, as appropriate. Course: a class for which a student receives a grade. Course Offerings: the listing of the courses as they appear in the OPRFHS General Catalog that includes Course Descriptions, brief narrative summaries of course content. Teacher Course Profile: a one- to two-page document which contains the following: 1. Course Description

2. A list of required textbook and materials 3. A course outline which gives the

concepts and content to be taught 4. A listing of teacher expectations for homework, make-

up work, grading factors and weights and office hours. Other information as deemed necessary by the teacher such as attendance, classroom rules, extra credit, etc.

COMMUNICATION RESPONSIBILITIES

Student

1. Be aware of his/her standing in a class at all times in relation to assignments, homework,

tests and quizzes, and seek clarification from the teacher as necessary. 2. Seek extra help as needed. 3. Confer with the teacher following any absence from class about missing assignments and

review the content covered during the student's absence. 4. Notify the teacher in advance of any planned absence to review what material will be

covered and to obtain assignments. 5. Share Teacher Course Profiles with parents.

Teacher 1. Complete interim progress, eligibility and tracking reports as required by school policy. 2. Return parent phone calls in a timely fashion. 3. Notify parents when a student has the possibility of failing. 4. Complete grade sheets as required by district policy. 5. Return all assignments in a timely fashion. 6. Provide Teacher Course Profiles at the Open House and Parent/Teacher Conferences and

upon request.


Parent 1. Contact the dean if progress reports or grade reports are not received. 2. Contact the teacher if the progress of a student is in question. 3. Attend parent/teacher conferences. 4. Attend Open House 5. Call the appropriate division head if a teacher fails to contact the parent as requested. 6. Review the Teacher Course Profile for all classes in which his/her child is enrolled.


POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS The Board of Education and school administration accept responsibility for accurately communicating with their communities about the decision-making processes and activities of the school. On behalf of the District, the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall be the official channel for communications with media representatives. Representatives of the media shall be encouraged to be in attendance at public meetings of the Board of Education and school events of general interest to parents and the larger community. Meeting announcements and other pertinent information shall be made available to the media in accordance with the Illinois Open Meetings Act. District 200 students may be photographed, videotaped, and/or interviewed by District 200 staff members, other students, District 200 parents or other authorized District-affiliated groups for informational and publicity purposes. The names, works, photographs, videos, and/or interviews of students may be used in various District or District related publications, including, but not limited to school yearbooks, school newspapers and newsletters, District 200 news releases, presentations at professional conferences and Board of Education meetings, District television productions, and the District websites. Such uses will be consistent with the Illinois School Student Records Act and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Representatives of non-District media shall have access to students age 17 and under on campus only with the approval of the Superintendent (or his/her designee) and with the written consent of parents or guardians of record given through a signed District Publicity Consent Form which is valid for one year. Students age 18 or over, without an appointed guardian, may provide their own consent. Such access shall be for purposes consistent with the District’s mission and objectives. Publicity must not be for commercial purposes or gain. A staff member designated by the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall be present during all interviews or photography sessions with students involving non-District media. Employees of the District have the right to speak with media representatives; however, comments by District employees other than the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall not be deemed to be official statements or positions of the District. The Superintendent (or his/her designee) will develop written procedures to implement this policy. Amended Date(s): September 25, 2008 Adopted Date: December 22, 2005 Review Date: Law Reference: 105 ILCS 10/1 et seq. and 20 U.S.C. 1232g Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines:


POLICY 1150, STUDENTS, PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS – PROCEDURES The procedures provided below are intended to govern District and student interactions with the media that occur on Oak Park and River Forest High School property or at school events in which District students are participants.

A. Information provided to media representatives should be given in a timely manner; be consistent with the District’s mission and objectives; must not violate the confidentiality of students or their families or District staff; or be disruptive to the educational environment. Publicity must not be for commercial purposes or gain.

B. Media representatives seeking information regarding District-wide activities should

contact the Superintendent (or his/her designee’s) office. The Communications and Community Relations Coordinator is generally the preferred District contact person for facilitating matters related to media relations and school publicity.

C. The Superintendent (or his/her designee) is authorized to speak to members of the media

on behalf of District-wide issues.

D. Staff members choosing to respond to media inquiries should make it clear to what extent they are authorized to speak on behalf of the District and to what extent they are expressing personal opinions.

E. Staff members are encouraged to participate in in-District and out-of-District publicity

events regarding educational and co-curricular related activities.

F. Except in circumstances exempted below in I., students age 17 and under, or age 18 or older with an appointed guardian, must have the written consent of the student’s parent, appointed guardian or guardian of record prior to any interview, photograph, or publicity session with members of the media that includes identifiable student information. Parents, appointed guardians or guardians of record will annually be asked to provide such consent. Completion of the District’s Publicity Consent Form will be considered an obligation of the registration process. Students, who are age 18 or older, without an appointed guardian, may provide their own consent; however, a designated school representative must be present.

G. A master list of students who do not have permission to be interviewed or photographed

by media will be updated annually. It is the responsibility of District representative(s) who are facilitating such contacts to ensure appropriate consent has been granted prior to providing student access to the media, except as exempted below in I.

H. Representatives from the media must obtain permission from the Superintendent (or

his/her designee) prior to speaking to any student on school grounds or at school activities, except as noted in I. below. Students with the consent of their parent, appointed guardian or guardian of record, or of an age to provide their own consent, will


be permitted to be interviewed or photographed by the media or other entities in the presence of school representatives. Under no circumstances will representatives from the media be permitted to interview or photograph a student during scheduled academic periods or at any other time when such interview or photograph will cause a disruption to the educational environment.

I. If publicity is related to participation in or attendance at public events such as athletic or

performing arts events, student awards or honors ceremonies, or Board of Education meetings, parent or guardian of record permission will not be required.

Accepted September 25, 2008


POLICY 1230, SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ON DAYS OF RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES A. GENERALLY

Students whose religious practice dictates that they be absent from school to observe a religious day or days shall be excused from attending school and from participating in their usual curricular and co-curricular activities on the day of the religious observance.

B. PARENTAL NOTICE

The parents or guardians of students whose religious practice dictates that they be absent from school to observe a religious day should notify the school prior to the absence. Such notice should be given directly to the involved student's dean. Since generally none of the major Christian holidays occurs when school is in session, absence for Christian observance days is generally not an issue. Two major Jewish observance days, Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur, occur frequently when school is in session, and notice by the parent or guardian should be given to excuse students for these holidays. Excusal for major religious observance days in religions other than Christianity or Judaism will be granted if parents or guardians follow this notice procedure.

C. GUIDELINES

The Superintendent/Principal, as the designee of the Board, shall establish guidelines relating to the make-up of classwork, quizzes, examinations, projects, or other work that was to be completed during the absence for a religious observance. Teachers cannot assign any penalty or deduction from the value of make-up work resulting from an excused absence for a religious observance. Since some students may not be able to prepare for tests, projects, or quizzes during the religious observance day or days, teachers must give a reasonable amount of time for make-up work after students return to school.

Amended: March 25, 1993 Adopted Date: November 18, 1982 Review Date: Law Reference: Ill. Rev. Stat. Ch. 122, pars. 26-1(5) and 26-2b Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


POLICY 3310, CONTRACTS/PURCHASING The Board of Education is responsible for meeting the purchasing needs of the District, including those relating to materials, supplies, equipment, and services, of the quality and quantity required to operate Oak Park and River Forest High School. The Board finds that in order to maximize the interests of the District’s residents and taxpayers, as well as suppliers and contractors, and to best protect those interests, a consistently applied policy is required. All District funds shall be spent prudently and all expenditures of funds shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the School Code of Illinois (“School Code”) and other relevant state laws. To this end, the Board of Education directs the Superintendent or a designee and the Chief Financial Officer to establish procedures necessary to achieve fiscal controls and price advantages through the implementation of the following policy of the Board of Education. A. Application of School Code. All purchasing, including leasing, shall comply with

applicable provisions of the School Code. The Board authorizes the Superintendent or a designee to supervise the purchasing or leasing of all materials, goods, supplies and services for the District in accordance with budget allocations, state laws and sound purchasing practices.

B. Approval by Board. In accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 10-20.21 of

the School Code, the Board of Education will approve all contracts and purchases for supplies, materials or work involving an expenditure in excess of $25,000, unless specifically exempted by the School Code, or unless specifically authorized to be approved in another manner in accordance with this policy.

C. Revenue-Generating Contracts. All contracts and purchases for goods or services and that

are intended to generate revenue or other remuneration for the District in excess of $1,000, including without limitation, contracts for vending machines, sports and other attire, class rings, and photographic services, shall be approved by the School Board. The Superintendent or a designee shall ensure that, in accordance with Section 10-20.21(b-5) of the School Code, an attachment is included to the District’s annual budget, in the form determined by the Illinois State Board of Education, indicating the names of vendors, the services or products provided, and the actual net revenue and non-monetary remuneration from each of the contracts and agreements identified by this paragraph. In addition, the report will indicate how the revenue was used, and to whom the non-monetary remuneration was distributed.

D. Quotations

1. For purchases subject to dollar limitations to be awarded through quotations , the

Superintendent or a designee shall be authorized to purchase, including by lease, any goods, work or service specifically budgeted which has a sale price within the parameters of the budget.


2. For purchases from $2500 to $4999, the Superintendent or a designee shall seek a minimum of two (2) competitive quotations.

3. For purchases from $5,000 to $25,000, the Superintendent or a designee shall

seek a minimum of three (3) competitive quotations. 4. The Superintendent or a designee may accept or reject any or all quotations

obtained through the procedures above.

E. Competitive Bidding 1. For purchases in excess of $25,000 the Superintendent or a designee shall

advertise for sealed bids. Bids shall be awarded by the Board of Education in accordance with the requirements of Section 10-20.21 of the School Code, as well as the Prevailing Wage Act, best business practices as outlined in the Supplemental Regulations to this Policy, and all other applicable law or regulations, as amended from time to time.

2. Contractors, subcontractors, and vendors furnishing goods and services to the

District shall be in compliance with all local, state, and federal laws and regulations applicable to persons and entities doing business with a School District. The Superintendent or a designee shall develop administrative rules setting forth these requirements.

3. In every solicitation for bids, the school district will state that firms owned by

minorities and women would be encouraged to bid. F. Approval of Lease. Any lease of equipment or machinery shall not exceed five (5) years

and shall be approved by affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board, in accordance with Section 10-23.4a of the School Code.

G. Cooperative Purchasing. The District may participate in cooperative purchasing with

other school districts and/or other units of government to take advantage of lower prices for bulk purchasing and to reduce the administrative costs involved in purchasing.

H. Approval by Chief Financial Officer. All purchases of goods and services with District

funds shall be made on a purchase order or contract duly executed by the Chief Financial Officer.

I. Conflict of Interest. In accordance with the School Code, the Gift Ban Act, 5 ILCS

430/10-10 and the Public Officer Prohibited Practice Act, 50 ILCS 105/0.01 et seq., no Board of Education member or District employee shall be directly or indirectly involved or own an interest in any contract, work, or business of the District, or in the purchase or sale of any real or personal property by or to the District.


Amended Date(s): August 27, 2009; October 26, 2006; March 24, 2005; August 25, 1994; May 28, 1992; October 17, 1985; December 19, 1984; November 18, 1982

Adopted Date: Review Date: Law References: 105 ILCS 5/10-20.21 Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS FOR POLICY 3310 I. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS

Contractors, subcontractors and vendors furnishing goods and services to the District shall comply with the Illinois Human Rights Commission's Equal Opportunity Clause, 44 Ill. Adm.Code 750.10. The following shall be incorporated by reference in every individual contract or in contract specification:

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY - In the event of the contractors non-compliance with the provisions of this Equal Employment Opportunity Clause, the Illinois Human Rights Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Illinois Department of Human Rights ("Department”), the contractor may be declared ineligible for future contracts or subcontracts with the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or municipal corporations, and the contract may be canceled or voided in whole or in part, and such other sanctions or penalties may be imposed or remedies invoked as provided by statute or regulation. During the performance of this contract the contractor agrees as follows:

A. That it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment

because of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, national origin or ancestry, age, physical or mental disability unrelated to ability, an unfavorable discharge from military service, or citizenship status; and further that it will examine all job classifications to determine if minority persons or women are underutilized and will take appropriate affirmative action to rectify any such underutilization.

B. That, if it hires additional employees in order to perform this contract or any

portion thereof, it will determine the availability (in accordance with the Department's Rules and Regulations) of minorities and women in the area(s) from which it may reasonably recruit and it will hire for each job classification for which employees are hired in such a way that minorities and women are not underutilized.

C. That, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by it on its behalf

it will state that all applicants will be afforded equal opportunity without discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry age, physical or mental disability unrelated to ability, or an unfavorable discharge from military service, or citizenship laws.

D. That it will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with

which it has or is bound by a collective bargaining or other agreement or understanding, a notice advising such labor organization or representative of the contractor's obligations under the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Department's Rules and Regulations. If any such labor organization or representative fails or refuses to cooperate with the contractor in its efforts to comply with such Act and


Rules and Regulations, the contractor will promptly so notify the Department and the contracting agency and will recruit employees from other sources when necessary to fulfill its obligations thereunder.

E. That it will submit reports as required by the Department's Rules and Regulations,

furnish all relevant information as may from time to time be requested by the Department or the contracting agency, and in all respects comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Department's Rules and Regulations.

F. That it will permit access to all relevant books, records, accounts and work sites

by personnel or the contracting agency and the department for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the Illinois Human Rights Act and the Department's Rules and Regulations.

G. That it will include verbatim or by reference the provisions of this clause in every

subcontract it awards under which any portion of the contract obligations are undertaken or assumed, so that such provisions will be binding upon such subcontractor. In the same manner as with other provisions of this contract, the contractor will be liable for compliance with applicable provisions of this clause by such subcontractors; and further it will promptly notify the contracting agency and the department in the event any subcontractor fails or refuses to comply therewith. In addition, the Contractor will not utilize any subcontractor declared by the Illinois Human Rights Commission to be ineligible for contracts or subcontracts with the State of Illinois or any of its political subdivisions or municipal corporations.

II. WAGES OF EMPLOYEES ON PUBLIC WORKS

Each bidder shall be required to comply with all applicable provisions of the “Wages of Employees on Public Works Act” (Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq.) The following stipulation required under law are deemed inserted by reference in all contracts with the school district:

• Not less than the prevailing rate of wages as found by the school district or

Department of Labor or determined by the court on review shall be paid to all laborers, workers, and mechanics performing work under the contract.

• If, during the course of work under this contract, the Department of Labor revises

the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid under this contract for any trade or occupation, owner will notify contractor and each subcontractor of the change in the prevailing rate of hourly wages. Contractor shall have the sole responsibility and duty to ensure that the revised prevailing rate of hourly wages is paid by contractor and all subcontractors to each worker to whom a revised rate is applicable. Revisions of the prevailing wage as set forth above shall not result in an increase in the contract sum.


III. EMPLOYMENT OF ILLINOIS WORKERS ON PUBLIC WORK PROJECTS

Each bidder shall be required to comply with all applicable provisions of the -Employment of Illinois Workers on Public Works Projects.” 30 ILCS 570/0.01 et seq.

The following provision shall be included in all contracts whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment in Illinois, as defined by statute:

The contractor shall employ only Illinois laborers on the public works project or

improvement or for the cleaning up and on-site disposal of hazardous waste for school district as required by 30 ILCS 570/0.01 et seq.

IV. SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY

Every eligible bidder and every party to a contract shall have written sexual harassment policy that includes the following:

• the illegality of sexual harassment;

• the definition of sexual harassment under state law;

• a description of sexual harassment, utilizing examples; • contractors internal complaint process including penalties:

• the legal recourse, investigative, and complaint process available through the Illinois

Department of Human Rights and the Human Rights Commission; directions on how to contact the Department and Commission; and protection against retaliation as provided by Section 6-101 of the Human Rights Act.

V. CHARTER BUS SERVICE CONTRACTS

Pursuant to Section 10-20.21(a) of The School Code of Illinois, all contracts for providing charter bus services for the sole purpose of transporting students regularly enrolled in grade 12 or below to or from interscholastic athletic or interscholastic or school-sponsored activities must contain clause (A) as set forth below, except that a contract with an out-of-state company may contain clause (B), as set forth below or clause (A). The clause must be set forth in the body of the contract in typeface of at least 12 points and all upper case letters: (A) ALL OF THE CHARTER BUS DRIVERS WHO WILL BE PROVIDING

SERVICES UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAVE OR WILL HAVE BEFORE ANY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED:

(1) SUBMITTED THEIR FINGERPRINTS TO THE DEPARTMENT OF

STATE POLICE IN THE FORM AND MANNER PRESCRIBED BY


THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE POLICE. THESE FINGERPRINTS SHALL BE CHECKED AGAINST THE FINGERPRINT RECORDS NOW AND HEREAFTER FILED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE POLICE AND FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORDS DATABASES. THE FINGERPRINT CHECK HAS RESULTED IN A DETERMINATION THAT THEY HAVE NOT BEEN CONVICTED OF COMMITTING ANY OF THE OFFENSES SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION (C-1)(4) OF SECTION 6-508 OF THE ILLINOIS VEHICLE CODE; AND

(2) DEMONSTRATED PHYSICAL FITNESS TO OPERATE SCHOOL BUSES BY SUBMITTING THE RESULTS OF A MEDICAL EXAMINATION, INCLUDING TESTS FOR DRUG USE, TO A STATE REGULATORY AGENCY.”

Amended Date(s): October 26, 2006; August 25, 1994 Adopted Date: May 28, 1992 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS 1. Advertising on school property of activities, goods, or services by non-school-related

individuals is prohibited except by permission of the Superintendent/Principal or delegate. This is not to prohibit advertising in school-related publications or advertising at school-related events or in connection with ongoing school programs where financial support of the event or program, in cash or in kind, is provided by the advertiser.

2. Solicitation on school property of students, faculty, or staff members for funds to support

non-school-related organizations or individuals is prohibited except by permission of the Superintendent/Principal or delegate.

3. Lists of students, faculty, or staff members are not to be provided for use outside the

school except by permission of the Board of Education. Compliance with provisions of the Federal and State laws on such disclosure will be maintained (cross reference: Policy 5157).

4. Solicitation of gifts from the community by students to support specific school

organizations or activities is prohibited. Solicitation of gifts from the community by school personnel is permitted if the following conditions have been satisfied:

a. the nature of the gifts and their use in the involved program has been established, and b. the Superintendent/Principal has granted approval in writing for the solicitation to

occur and for the proposed use of the gifts in the involved program.

Gifts become the property of the District. 5. Gifts of money or equipment accepted by the Board from non-school groups or

individuals become the property of the District and may be used at the discretion of the Board.

6. Representatives of the school are prohibited from soliciting or accepting personal gifts or

favors from vendors seeking to do business with the school. Amended: October 24, 1996, November 18, 1982, November 18, 1976, January 23,

1975, May 21, 1970, April 16, 1970, November 21, 1968 Adopted Date: September 23, 1968 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


GUIDELINES FOR POLICY 3510, ADVERTISING AND SOLICITATIONS Provision 1 of Policy 3510 "Advertising and Solicitation" prohibits advertising on school property except in these cases: 1. Advertising in school-related publications. 2. Advertising at school-related events or in connection with ongoing school programs where financial support of the event or program, in cash or in kind, is provided by the advertiser. To qualify under these exceptions, the involved advertising must satisfy these criteria: 1. It cannot advertise or advocate use of a product or service not permitted for sale to or use by minors under the law. 2. It cannot violate any of the Illinois High School Association (IHSA) rules governing the

use of brand names or logos on athletic uniforms or equipment. 3. It cannot violate any Village of Oak Park ordinance governing advertising on property

located in a residential community. 4. It must be approved by the Superintendent/Principal if it is to appear anywhere on the

exterior or interior of the school building, on the school athletic facilities, or on the school grounds. Preserving the architectural character of the residential community in which the school is set will be fundamental among other considerations in awarding approval.


POLICY 3600, ETHICS This policy has been adopted pursuant to the requirements of the State Officials and Employees Ethics Act. All terms contained within this Policy shall be interpreted consistent with the Act. Section I addresses prohibited political activity. Section II sets forth restrictions on the acceptance of gifts by members and employees of the Board of Education. Section III addresses the implementation of this Policy. I. Prohibited Political Activities A. Employees shall not intentionally perform any prohibited political activity during

any compensated time (other than vacation, personal, or compensatory time off). Employees shall not intentionally misappropriate any District property or resources by engaging in any prohibited political activity for the benefit of any campaign for elective office or any political organization.

B. At no time shall any member or employee intentionally misappropriate the

services of any employee by requiring that employee to perform any prohibited political activity (i) as part of that employee's duties, (ii) as a condition of employment, or (iii) during any time off that is compensated by the Board (such as vacation, personal, or compensatory time off).

C. An employee shall not be required at any time to participate in any prohibited

political activity in consideration for that employee being awarded any additional compensation or employee benefit, in the form of a salary adjustment, bonus, compensatory time off, continued employment, or otherwise.

D. An employee shall not be awarded any additional compensation or employee

benefit, in the form of a salary adjustment, bonus, compensatory time off, continued employment, or otherwise, in consideration for the employee's participation in any prohibited political activity.

E. Nothing in this section prohibits activities that are otherwise appropriate for an

employee to engage in as a part of his or her official employment duties or activities that are undertaken by an employee on a voluntary basis as permitted by law.

F. No person in a position that is subject to recognized merit principles of public

employment shall be denied or deprived of Board employment or tenure solely because he or she is a member or an officer of a political committee, of a political party, or of a political organization or club.

For the purposes of this policy, “prohibited political activity” means:


1. Preparing for, organizing, or participating in any political meeting, political rally, political demonstration, or other political event.

2. Soliciting contributions, including but not limited to the purchase of,

selling, distributing, or receiving payment for tickets for any political fundraiser, political meeting, or other political event.

3. Soliciting, planning the solicitation of, or preparing any document or

report regarding anything of value intended as a campaign contribution. 4. Planning, conducting, or participating in a public opinion poll in

connection with a campaign for elective office or on behalf of a political organization for political purposes or for or against any referendum question.

5. Surveying or gathering information from potential or actual voters in an

election to determine probable vote outcome in connection with a campaign for elective office or on behalf of a political organization for political purposes or for or against any referendum question.

6. Assisting at the polls on election day on behalf of any political

organization or candidate for elective office or for or against any referendum question.

7. Soliciting votes on behalf of a candidate for elective office or a political

organization or for or against any referendum question or helping in an effort to get voters to the polls.

8. Initiating for circulation, preparing, circulating, reviewing, or filing any

petition on behalf of a candidate for elective office or for or against any referendum question.

9. Making contributions on behalf of any candidate for elective office in that capacity or in connection with a campaign for elective office.

10. Preparing or reviewing responses to candidate questionnaires in

connection with a campaign for elective office or on behalf of a political organization for political purposes.

11. Distributing, preparing for distribution, or mailing campaign literature,

campaign signs, or other campaign material on behalf of any candidate for elective office or for or against any referendum question.

12. Campaigning for any elective office or for or against any referendum

question.


13. Managing or working on a campaign for elective office or for or against any referendum question.

14. Serving as a delegate, alternate, or proxy to a political party convention. 15. Participating in any recount or challenge to the outcome of any election. II. Gift Ban A. Prohibition

Except as otherwise provided in this Policy, no member or employee shall intentionally solicit or accept any gift from any prohibited source or in violation of any federal or State statute, rule, or regulation. This ban applies to and includes the spouse of and immediate family living with the member or employee. No prohibited source shall intentionally offer or make a gift that violates this Policy.

For the purposes of this policy, “prohibited source” means any person or entity who:

1. is seeking official action (i) by the member or (ii) in the case of an

employee, by the employee or by the member or other employee directing the employee;

2. does business or seeks to do business (i) with the member or (ii) in the

case of an employee, with the employee or with a member or other employee directing the employee;

3. conducts activities regulated (i) by the member or (ii) in the case of an

employee, by the employee or by a member or other employee directing the employee;

4. has interests that may be substantially affected by the performance or non-

performance of the official duties of the member or employee; or 5. is registered or required to be registered with the Secretary of State under

the Lobbyist Registration Act, except that an entity not otherwise a prohibited source does not become a prohibited source merely because a registered lobbyist is one of its members.

B. Exceptions

The restrictions set forth in the “Gift Ban” section of this Policy do not apply to the following:


1. Opportunities, benefits, and services that are available on the same conditions as for the general public.

2. Anything for which the member or employee pays the market value. 3. Any (i) contribution that is lawfully made under the Election Code, or (ii)

activities associated with a fundraising event in support of a political organization or candidate.

4. Educational materials and missions. 5. Travel expenses for a meeting to discuss Board business that is not

otherwise covered or reimbursed by the Board, when attendance at the meeting is approved by the Board or the Superintendent.

6. A gift from a relative, meaning those people related to the individual as

father, mother, son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, great aunt, great uncle, first cousin, nephew, niece, husband, wife, grandfather, grandmother, grandson, granddaughter, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, stepfather, stepmother, stepson, stepdaughter, stepbrother, stepsister, half brother, half sister, and including the father, mother, grandfather, or grandmother of the individual's spouse and the individual's fiancé or fiancée.

7. Anything provided by an individual on the basis of a personal friendship,

unless the member or employee has reason to believe that, under the circumstances, the gift was provided because of the official position or employment of the member or employee and not because of the personal friendship. In determining whether a gift is provided on the basis of personal friendship, the member or employee shall consider the circumstances under which the gift was offered, including:

a. the history of the relationship between the individual giving the

gift and the recipient of the gift, including any previous exchange of gifts between those individuals;

b. whether to the actual knowledge of the member or employee the

individual who gave the gift personally paid for the gift or sought a tax deduction or business reimbursement for the gift; and

c. whether to the actual knowledge of the member or employee the

individual who gave the gift also at the same time gave the same or similar gifts to other members or employees.


8. Food or refreshments not exceeding $75 per person in value on a single calendar day, provided that the food or refreshments are (i) consumed on the premises from which they were purchased or prepared, or (ii) catered.

9. Food, refreshments, lodging, transportation, and other benefits resulting

from the outside business or employment activities (or outside activities that are not connected to the duties of the member or employee as an office holder or employee) of the member or employee, or the spouse of the member or employee, if the benefits have not been offered or enhanced because of the official position or employment of the member or employee, and are customarily provided to others in similar circumstances.

10. Any gift given to a member or employee of the Board by another member

or employee of the Board, and any gift given to a member or employee of the Board by a member, officer, or employee of another State agency, federal agency or governmental entity.

11. Bequests, inheritances, and other transfers at death. 12. Any item or items from any one prohibited source during any calendar

year having a cumulative total value of less than $100.

Each exception listed in this Section is mutually exclusive and independent of any other.

C. Disposition of Gift

A member or employee does not violate this Policy if the member or employee promptly takes reasonable action to return the prohibited gift to its source or gives the gift or an amount equal to its value to a charitable organization that is exempt from income taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now or hereafter amended, renumbered, or succeeded.

III. Implementation A. Procedures and Guidelines 1. The Superintendent, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Act

and this Policy, shall prepare rules, procedures and guidelines for implementation of this Policy.

2. The Superintendent/Principal shall be responsible for disseminating this

Policy and any implementing rules, procedures, and guidelines and making them available to all employees within ten (10) business days after its adoption. The Superintendent/Principal is also responsible for making


all new employees and board members aware of this Policy and its implementing rules, procedures and guidelines on or at the time of the assumption of their positions.

B. Ethics Advisor

The Board may appoint an Ethics Advisor for the School District. The Ethics Advisor shall provide guidance to members and employees concerning the interpretation of, and compliance with, this Policy. If no Ethics Advisor is appointed, the regularly retained attorney of the School District shall serve as the Ethics Advisor.

C. Filing of Complaints

Complaints regarding the violation of this policy shall be filed with the Superintendent/Principal or the Board President pursuant to the rules, procedures and guidelines established by the Superintendent. Properly filed complaints shall be reviewed in accordance with the procedures established by the Superintendent. Such procedures may allow the Board itself to determine whether a violation has occurred or allow for the appointment of a three person Ethics Commission to review complaints.

If it is determined that a violation has occurred, the Board may impose a penalty consistent with State law and this Policy and as deemed appropriate under a totality of the circumstances.

Amended Date(s): June 24, 2004 Adopted Date: October 28, 1999 Review Date: Law Reference: 5 ILCS 430/5-10, 5 ILCS 430/10-10, 5 ILCS 430/10-15, 5 ILCS 430/70-5 Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


POLICY 3610, AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR USE The Board of Education shall provide automated external defibrillators (AED) in designated areas of the building for use in emergency situations. Further, in accordance with the requirements of the Physical Fitness Medical Emergency Act and the Automated External Defibrillator Act, the Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall establish procedures for responding to emergencies that may occur at the facility, as well as procedures for the use and maintenance of the District AED’s. Amended Date(s): September 25, 2008 Adopted Date: May 26, 2005 Review Date: Law Reference: Automated External Defibrillator Act, 410 ILCS 4/1 et seq. Physical Fitness Facility Medical Emergency Preparedness Act, P.A. 93-0910 Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


PROCEDURES FOR PUBLIC ACCESS DEFIBRILLATION PROGRAM, POLICY 3610 I. Background

Consistent with the District’s policy on Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs) and for the health and wellness of the District’s staff, students, parents and visitors, Oak Park and River Forest High School hereby institutes procedures for a Public Access Defibrillation (PAD) program. AEDs are being provided through the PAD program for the treatment of Sudden Cardiac Arrest (SCA) on District property.

The PDA program stems from studies showing that successful early defibrillation programs can ensure delivery of defibrillation therapy during the first critical few minutes of SCA and that surviving SCA is largely dependent on how quickly the victim is defibrillated. These studies indicate that use of AEDs in providing a first shock delivery, by trained laypersons, within 3 to 4 minutes of SCA can save lives.

In light of the District’s at-risk population, which includes staff, students, parents and visitors with known and undiagnosed cardiac disease, students participating in physical education and athletics, and aging adults, the PDA program has the real potential to save lives.

The procedures set forth herein have been developed consistent with the Illinois Automated External Defibrillator Act, 410 ILCS 4/1 et seq., rules and regulations promulgated by the Illinois Department of Public Health in accordance with said Act, 77 Ill. Adm. Code 525.100 et seq., the School Board’s AED policy and the procedures developed with the Oak Park Fire Department. These procedures are intended to govern the use of AEDs and provide appropriate AED training for District personnel, and they are designed to govern the use of AEDs during normal business/school hours. The procedures establish reasonable measures, protocols, and procedures to ensure that AEDs are used only by trained AED users, maintained and tested according to manufacture guidelines and registered with the local EMS System. While the District assumes no responsibility for the use of an AED by non-District personnel, these procedures are not intended to prohibit someone properly trained in the use of an AED from using a District AED in an emergency situation.

II. Use, Number and Location of AEDs

AEDs may be used in medical emergencies by trained responders (as defined in Section III) and shall be used in accordance with the guidelines taught to trained responders during their training. Use of an AED should coincide with a request for an ambulance via the 911 system. Any person, whether a District trained responder or not, who uses a District AED shall report the incident to the School Nurse, (or his/her designee), as soon as practicable after the use and shall assist the School Nurse in complying with the reporting requirements contained in Section V.


The District shall initially install five (5) AEDs. Additional AEDs may be acquired as needed. The initial AEDs shall be distributed within the District as set forth below, and the distribution of any subsequently acquired AEDs or the relocation of an existing AED shall be determined by the Superintendent (or his/her designee), with the advice of the Committee (as defined in Section VI).

Outside: Stadium – East Entrance

1st Floor: Corridor Outside of East Pool West Pool Area Trainer’s Office in Field House Field House Corridor North Wall Adjacent to Ticket Booth in Student Center 2nd Floor: Adaptive Gym Corridor Outside of Health Services Office – Room 234 3rd Floor: 3 East Dance Studio Area Outside of 3rd floor Library Entrance

The Superintendent, (or his/her designee), in consultation with the manufacturers of the AEDs and the Committee, shall determine the placement of the AEDs, so as to maximize availability to all areas of a building and to minimize defibrillation response time. The initial five (5) AEDs shall be installed at the locations set forth in Exhibit A. As new AEDs are acquired and installed or existing AEDs relocated, Exhibit A shall be timely amended to reflect the new AED locations. Failure to so amend Exhibit A shall not in any way invalidate or limit these procedures. AEDs shall be stored as to be highly visible and otherwise compliant with the manufacturer’s guideline and relevant law. Each AED shall be stored in a wall cabinet with an alarm system sufficient to indicate device removal, and each cabinet shall be stocked with the customary supplies necessary (i) to assist a trained responder in placement for maximum contact and (ii) to provide universal precaution for the trained responder.

III. Trained Responders

The District shall have trained responders. A person shall be deemed a trained responder once the person has successfully completed the American Heart Association Heartsavers course taught by the Oak Park Fire Department or upon the approval of the Committee, such similar, State-sanctioned course that may be offered by the Fire Department or other authorized entity. The School Nurse shall devise a plan for training Health Service personnel, Physical Education teachers, coaches, athletic trainers, Buildings and Grounds personnel, Safety and Support Team personnel, and other District employees as appropriate.

The Office of Human Resources shall ensure that all trained responders are provided with timely opportunities for re-certification as required by the Illinois Department of Public


Health’s Automated External Defibrillator Code. Currently re-certification is required every two years.

IV. Maintenance of AEDs

The School Nurse and/or an employee of Buildings and Grounds shall conduct regular checks of the equipment and supplies of each AED. The Business Office shall contract with the manufacturer for annual maintenance of each AED. All documentation related to the maintenance and testing of the AEDs shall be maintained by the School Nurse at designated locations. At a minimum, the documentation shall include the date and type of maintenance/testing and the signature of the person performing the maintenance/testing.

The PAD program shall be registered with Loyola University Medical Center. The School Nurse shall serve as the District’s liaison to the Oak Park Fire Department. The District shall provide the Oak Park Fire Department’s Deputy Chief (i) a list of trained users at each site, (ii) a copy of the manufacturer’s guidelines for the maintenance and training and documentation confirming that these guidelines are being met and (iii) any other information required by law. The District shall ensure that the Deputy Fire Chief has the most recent contact information for all relevant District personnel.

V. Reporting of Use

The District shall notify, by either fax or mail, the Oak Park Fire Department’s Deputy Chief as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the end of the month in which the use of an AED occurred, of any event, incident or situation that results in the use of an AED, and the District shall comply with all reasonable, follow-up procedures established by the Oak Park Fire Department. In so notifying the Oak Park Fire Department, the District shall provide the following information related to each use of an AED:

A. date and time of the incident; B. name of the person who determined a patient’s unresponsiveness; C. time that 911 was called; D. initial heart rhythm; E. number of times a patient was defibrillated; F. name of the person who was defibrillated the patient; and G. final rhythm at the time or arrival of the first response vehicle: 1. breathing, Yes or No; and 2. pulse, Yes or No.

The School Nurses shall conduct a critical incident debriefing session, to the extent practicable, within one week of any event, incident, or situation that results in the use of an AED for all trained responders.


VI. Committee

The District shall establish and maintain a committee, comprised of both building and department/division representatives. The committee shall be known as the Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200 CPR/AED Committee, and it shall have the following responsibilities:

A. to review, at least annually, the District’s PAD program procedures; B. to review, as needed, the sufficiency and placement of AEDs; C. to identify, on an annual basis, all staff to be certified or re-certified and, in

consultation with the School Nurses schedule the placement of certification classes on the school calendar; and

D. prepare an annual report for the School Board on the PAD program.

The Committee shall consist of seven members appointed by the Superintendent, and shall include the School Nurse, the Athletic Director (or his/her designee), the Physical Education Division Head, and one member from Safety and Support Team, Buildings and Grounds, Faculty Senate, and the Classified Personnel Association. The School Nurse will serve as the chair of the Committee.


Exhibit A AEDs shall be placed at the following locations:

Outside: Stadium – East Entrance 1st Floor: Corridor Outside of East Pool West Pool Area Trainer’s Office in Field House Field House Corridor North Wall Adjacent to Ticket Booth in Student Center 2nd Floor Adaptive Gym Corridor Outside of Health Services Office – Room 234 3rd Floor 3 East Dance Studio Area

Outside of 3rd floor Library Entrance


POLICY 3700, WELLNESS Oak Park and River Forest High School (O.P.R.F.H.S.) believes that an authentic educational experience places equal emphasis on the body as well as the mind. We must care as intimately about the physical wellness of all members of our school community as we do about the intellectual preparedness we provide our students in the classroom. As parents, Board members, administrators, and teachers, we strive to provide students with the knowledge and critical-thinking skills to make intelligent choices concerning their health. We also strive to provide everyone in our school building with numerous opportunities to maintain an active and healthy lifestyle. To this end and in accordance with Section 204 of the Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 2004, we look to the following specific goals to guide us:

NUTRITION EDUCATION

• The school will raise awareness among students about the nutritional value of all food and beverages

• The school will ensure that students understand how to make healthy eating choices and

how healthy eating is an essential part of a personal wellness plan • The school will give students the evaluative tools to analyze critically the ways in which

foods are marketed to them

• The school will provide ongoing professional development and curricular support for the implementation of nutrition education across the curriculum

• The school will strive to integrate its approach vertically with elementary and middle

feeder schools • The school will share its approach to nutrition education with the broader Oak Park and

River Forest communities and solicit their support and resources

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY

• The school will ensure that all students participate in daily physical education classes throughout their four years at OPRFHS except as permitted by The School Code of Illinois.

• The school will ensure that physical education promotes lifelong habits of physical

activity as well as an understanding of how daily exercise is an essential part of a personal wellness plan


• The school will offer a variety of extracurricular opportunities that will encourage students to be physically active on a regular basis

• The school will promote and support forms of transportation to and from campus – such

as walking and biking – that encourage physical activity

NUTRITION OF FOOD AVAILABLE IN BUILDING

• The school will serve only food and beverages that have significant nutritional value and that meets or exceeds, where appropriate, the current Dietary Guidelines for Americans and Food Guidance System published jointly by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Agriculture.

• The school will strive to provide food and beverages that are not only nutritious but

appealing and affordable and that accommodate the religious, ethnic and cultural diversity of the student body.

• The school will maintain consistent guidelines for all food that is available in the building

– whether it is located in the cafeteria, vending machines or distributed as part of a fundraising or curricular activity.

• The school will make every effort, when available and affordable, to choose locally-

grown and organic foods and beverages.

• The school will provide a clean, safe, and pleasant setting and adequate time for students to eat.

Amended Date(s): Adopted Date: June 22, 2006 Review Date: Law Reference: Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 2004, PL 108-265, Sec.

204. Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. §1771 et seq. National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. §1758. 42 U.S.C. §1779, as implemented by 7 C.F.R. §210.11. 105 ILCS 5/2-3.137. 23 Ill. Admin. Code Part 305, Food Program. Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


POLICY 4120, SUSPENSION OF CERTIFIED STAFF MEMBERS The Superintendent is authorized to suspend immediately, with or without pay, for up to five (5) working days, any employee of the District who has been charged with serious misconduct. If the Superintendent determines that the best interests of the school require a longer suspension than the five (5) working days authorized by this policy, Board of Education action is required. The suspension by the Superintendent may precede suspension action by the Board. Prior to any suspension and forfeiture of pay under this policy, the employee shall be notified of the charges by the Superintendent or his designee and shall have the right to explain or rebut the charges at a meeting with the Superintendent or his designee. The Superintendent or his designee shall orally advise the employee of the determination made and shall follow up with a written decision. After receipt of a written decision, the employee shall have the right to file, within five (5) working days, a written request with the Superintendent for a hearing before the Board of Education. The Board shall hold such a hearing no later than the next regularly scheduled Board meeting. At the hearing, the employee may be represented by counsel and may present witnesses and proof relative to the allegations of misconduct. The Board shall issue a written decision within twenty (20) days of the date of hearing. This decision shall be final. If the Board, upon review, determines that the suspension was not properly invoked, the suspension references shall be deleted from the employee's records and the lost pay shall be paid. Serious misconduct includes cruelty, negligence, immorality, or other sufficient reason. Other sufficient reasons include, but are not limited to, insubordination, presence at the work place while impaired due to the use of controlled substances and/or intoxicants, unauthorized absences, failure to perform assigned duties, failure to comply with written District policies and rules, and criminal activity related to the performance of employment duties. This policy does not preclude action by the Superintendent to temporarily reassign any employee with pay pending investigation of any potential disciplinary matter, or by the Board to dismiss or suspend with or without pay, any employee. Amended: March 20, 1997 Adopted Date: March 19, 1981 Review Date: Law Reference: Ill. Rev. Stat. Ch. 122, par. 10-22.4 Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


POLICY 4130, RESOLUTION OF CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY MEMBERS When a controversy arises between faculty members, the Board expects that the involved faculty members will attempt to resolve the controversy themselves in an atmosphere of mutual respect and cooperation. When informal attempts at resolution have brought no resolution or when the behavior of one faculty member toward another is of such an egregious nature that immediate relief is necessary, either or both of the faculty members involved should report the controversy to the chief Human Resources officer who will follow the procedures for administering this policy as detailed in the section of the Faculty Handbook titled "Administrative Procedures for Resolving Controversies Between Faculty Members." Amended Date(s): October 23, 2003 Adopted Date: September 23, 1993 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines:


PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTROVERSIES BETWEEN FACULTY MEMBERS FOR BOARD POLICY 4130

The procedures for resolving controversies between faculty members will be implemented when informal efforts at resolution have been unsuccessful. At this stage, appropriate steps will be taken to provide support of the parties involved, and as necessary, to re-establish a harmonious atmosphere within the department(s) or division(s). Once the controversy has been reported to the chief Human Resources officer, resolution will be sought in a more formal manner by following the procedures detailed in the list below: 1. The chief Human Resources officer will arrange a meeting involving the two faculty

members in the controversy, the Chair of the Faculty Senate Executive Committee or the Chair's designee, and the chief Human Resources officer who will serve as facilitator. This meeting will occur as soon as possible but not later than ten days after receiving the report of the controversy.

2. If the meeting results in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy and a mutually

agreeable resolution to it, there will be no further involvement in the controversy by the two faculty members and there will be no further consideration of the controversy by the chief Human Resources officer or the Chair of the Executive Committee of the Faculty Senate.

3. If the meeting does not result in a mutually agreeable definition of the controversy or a

mutually agreeable resolution to it, the chief Human Resources officer will arrange a hearing to bring the controversy to a satisfactory resolution consistent with Board Policy and professional expectations.

4. Should a Hearing Committee be necessary, the committee’s composition will include a

faculty member chosen by each of the disputants, an administrator chosen by the chief Human Resources officer and the chief Human Resources.

5. If it is established that one or both of the faculty member violated a school policy or rule,

appropriate disciplinary action will be taken. This disciplinary action includes, but is not limited to one or more of the following actions:

A. a letter of reprimand B. a suspension according to the provisions of Board Policy 4120 C. a request to the Superintendent/Principal to recommend that the Board of

Education issue a Notice to Remedy D. a request to the Superintendent/Principal to recommend that the Board of

Education dismiss the offending employee.


POLICY 4150, STAFF ATTENDANCE AT CONFERENCES AND WORKSHOPS The Superintendent (or his/her designee) will consider for approval requests of certified and non-certified staff members to be absent from work for attendance at conferences, workshops or any other meeting related to District business. Such requests must be approved prior to attending a conference, workshop or any other meeting related to District or High School business. The District shall reimburse staff members engaged in approved travel on behalf of the District for any costs which are reimbursable under Illinois State law. Staff members seeking reimbursement for approved travel shall submit an itemized expense voucher with receipts showing the amount of actual expenses. At the District’s option, funds may be advanced to staff members for anticipated actual and necessary expenses necessary to engage in approved travel. After such travel has been completed, staff members receiving advances must account for used funds through the submission of an itemized expense voucher with receipts reflecting the amount of actual expenses and return funds for which there is no accounting. Amended Date(s): August 27, 2009; November 20, 2003 Adopted Date: November 16, 1988 Review Date: Law Reference: 105 ILCS 5/10-22.32 Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines


POLICY 4310, SEXUAL OR OTHER HARASSMENT OF EMPLOYEES Sexual or other types of prohibited harassment, which may include, but are not limited to, race, color, national origin, ethnicity, religion, gender, sexual orientation or disability, derogates the dignity and privacy of the recipient employee, is disruptive of the work environment, and violates state and federal law. Therefore, District policy expressly prohibits such harassment of employees and employment applicants, and encourages reporting of offenses against this policy. Retaliation is prohibited against individuals who oppose that which they reasonably and in good faith believe to be prohibited harassment, or because they have made a charge, filed a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this policy or before any federal or state agency. Violation of this policy may result in the offender's discipline or discharge. Since false and irresponsible allegations of harassment can be extremely harmful to the alleged offender, such allegations are not protected under this policy and may subject the complainant to adverse employment action. Employees who observe or become aware of prohibited harassment of fellow employees are encouraged to assist in the enforcement of this policy by intervening, where appropriate, to halt such harassment and/or by reporting such harassment to appropriate authorities and cooperating with any investigations. Definitions Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:

1. submitting or refusing to submit to that conduct is used as a basis for any decision affecting an individual's employment or status, or

2. that conduct has the purpose or effect of creating or contributing to the creation of

an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment. Examples of conduct which may constitute sexual harassment include:

1. sexual advances

2. coercing, forcing, or attempting to coerce or force the touching of anyone's intimate parts, sexual intercourse, or other sexual conduct

3. graffiti of a sexual nature

4. sexual gestures

5. sexual or dirty jokes

6. touching oneself sexually or talking about one's sexual activity in front of others


7. spreading rumors about or rating other employees as to sexual activity or performance

8. unwelcome, sexually motivated, or inappropriate patting, pinching or physical

contact

9. other unwelcome sexual behavior or words, including demands for sexual favors, when accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual's employment status or implied or overt promises of preferential treatment

Other harassment includes unwelcome verbal or physical conduct that is motivated by bias toward an employee because of a legally protected characteristic (under Title VII or any other applicable law, rule or regulation) when such conduct has the purpose or effect of creating or contributing to the creation of an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment. Examples of conduct that may constitute other harassment include:

1. graffiti containing offensive language about people in protected classifications

2. name calling, slurs, jokes or rumors toward or about individuals in protected classifications

3. posting or circulation of written or graphic material that is intended to degrade

individuals in protected classifications

4. threatening or intimidating conduct directed at another because of the other's protected classification

5. conduct that is hostile or critical toward an individual because of his/her protected

classifications except to the extent that such criticism occurs without hostile intent and constitutes an activity protected by exercise of free speech rights

6. physical acts of aggression or assault upon another because of a protected

classification

7. theft, damage to property or others forms of aggression motivated by a protected classification

Offenders may include other employees, students, or third parties, such as parents or vendors. Individuals who believe that they have suffered a violation under this policy shall use the District complaint procedure and bring any concerns to the attention of the District Human Rights Officers. The District will, to the fullest extent possible, encourage individuals who have been victims of harassment to report and bring such harassment to the attention of District officials so that appropriate remedial action may be instituted. However, legal recourse is also available through the investigative and complaint procedures of the Illinois Department of Human Rights


and Human Rights Commission. Any complaint to the Department or the Commission must be filed within 180 days of the alleged incident of harassment or unlawful retaliation The Department or the Commission should be contacted for information and their rules and regulations at the following addresses and phone numbers: Illinois Department of Human Rights Illinois Human Rights Commission 100 West Randolph St., Suite 10-100 100 West Randolph St, Suite 5-100 Chicago, IL 60601 Chicago, IL 60601 (312) 814-6145 (312)814-6269 For the purposes of administering this policy, the Superintendent/Principal shall designate a District Human Rights Officer. The Superintendent/Principal shall also implement appropriate complaint procedures to ensure that the goals of this policy are accomplished. This policy shall be posted and distributed to employees through effective channels and appropriate training shall be provided to employees. Amended Date(s): December 21, 2000; May 26, 1994 Adopted Date: August 26, 1993 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4310 The following procedure is to be followed to process a complaint: I. Original complaint document: send to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a

confidential file. II. Copy: send to the Dean(s) of Discipline if complaint is by student(s). Dean(s) of

Discipline will investigate complaint between students. If complaint is between student(s), the Dean(s) of Discipline will discuss the issue with students and attempt to resolve the issue. It may result in disciplinary action. If the complaint involves student and an adult, the Dean(s) of Discipline will discuss the issue with student(s) and parent(s) if appropriate. If the complaint involves an adult, the Dean(s) of Discipline will be contacted by the division head after the investigation with the faculty member is complete, or by the supervisor if a non-certified staff member is involved after the investigation is complete. If the complaint is not resolved satisfactorily, the Dean(s) of Discipline should refer the complaint to the Human Rights Officers. When resolved satisfactorily, the Dean(s) of Discipline should submit notes/findings regarding the incident to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a confidential file with the original complaint form.

III. Copy: send to the division head of the certified staff member if a faculty member is

involved. The division head will investigate the complaint with the faculty member and will follow-up with the student's dean counselor. If the division head is not able to resolve the issue satisfactorily, he or she should refer the complaint to the Human Rights Officers. When resolved satisfactorily, the division head should submit notes/findings regarding the incident to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a confidential file with the original complaint form.

IV. Copy: send to the supervisor if a non-certified staff' member is involved. The supervisor

will investigate the complaint with the non-certified staff member and follow-up with the student's dean counselor. If the supervisor is not able to resolve the issue satisfactorily, he or she should refer the complaint to the Human Rights Officers. When resolved satisfactorily, the supervisor should submit notes/findings regarding the incident to the Human Rights Officers to be held in a confidential file with the original complaint form.

Revised December 21, 2000


DO NOT tell the alleged perpetrator anything. He or she will be informed during a preliminary investigation.

Oak Park and River Forest High School Sexual or Other Harassment of Employee or Student Complaint Form and Process

INSTRUCTIONS

I . A complaint form must be completed whenever there has been a verbal report of sexual or other harassment. If the student or adult reporting to you does not want to file a written report, you must record in writing all the information given to you verbally. Keep in mind it may have been very difficult for the complainant to discuss this with you and he/she must have trust in you to confide what may be embarrassing or sensitive issues with you.

II. If the complaint involves YOU as a possible witness or part of the alleged

problem, STOP. Have someone else interview the complainant.

III. Assume the complaint is valid. Do not be influenced by the complainant's reputation.

IV. Thank the complainant for coming to you with this matter. Reassure the

complainant that the matter will be investigated promptly by the appropriate individuals and will be kept confidential.

V. Immediately distribute the written report to the individuals listed on the

Complaint Form. Do not discuss the complaint with anyone else.

DO NOT discourage the complaint or tell the complaint that the claim is frivolous.


Oak Park and River Forest High School Sexual or Other Harassment of Employee or Student Complaint Form DATE OF COMPLAINT___________________________________________________ NAME OF EMPLOYEE/STUDENT__________________________________________ IF EMPLOYEE, NAME OF SUPERVISOR____________________________________ IF STUDENT, NAME OF PARENT/GUARDIAN_______________________________ IF STUDENT, NAME OF DEAN COUNSELOR________________________________ DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT______________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ LIST ANY WITNESSES___________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ SUBMITTED BY_________________________________________________________ DATE__________________________________________________________________ Revised December 21, 2000


POLICY 4300, EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM The District recognizes that a wide range of problems can affect an employee’s performance and is interested in making services available to help overcome personal difficulties. Problems may include the following: alcohol abuse, drug abuse, physical and emotional disorders, marital and financial concerns. An important goal of the Employee Assistance Program is to improve job performance where necessary and to assist troubled employees to regain good mental and physical health and well being. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to recommend to the Board procedures to implement an employee assistance program for all faculty and staff members employed one-half time or more and their eligible dependents. (Eligibility of dependents is based on the same criteria used in the health insurance plan.) The District commits itself to provide payment to the designated employee assistance program agency for initial intake counseling services. Payment of treatment fees and other charges will be the responsibility of the employee. The Employee Assistance Program is not a protective policy allowing for purposeful violation of District 200 standards and agreements, nor is it intended to exempt employees from the standards of performance established for their positions by their supervisors or to compromise the normal operations of the school district. The District may, at its discretion, require an employee who has violated the District’s Employee Substance Abuse Policy (No. 4330) to participate in the Employee Assistance Program as a disciplinary measure.

Amended: April 24, 1997 Adopted Date: July 26, 1984 Review Date: Law Reference: Ill.Rev.Stat.ch. 127, par.132.311 et seq.; 20 U.S.C. 3172 et seq.; 41 U.S.C.

701 et seq. Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


POLICY 4320, EMPLOYEE COMMUNICABLE DISEASES A. General Statement of Purpose and Procedures

The purposes of this policy are (1) to address potentially severe community health problems, and (2) to balance the interest of an employee with a communicable disease in continuing to work and the interest of other students and employees not to be subjected to an unreasonable risk of contracting a communicable disease from the employee.

For purposes of this policy, "communicable diseases" diseases so designated as communicable by the Illinois Department of Public Health in its Rules and Regulations for the Control of Communicable Diseases (IDPH Rules), as amended from time to time.

It is generally the intention of the Board of Education that:

1. Each case of an employee with a communicable disease be handled on an

individualized basis;

2. The confidentiality interests of the employee with the communicable disease be protected to the extent consistent with efforts to minimize the health risks to other employees and students and with any applicable legal requirements.

3. Absence from work be minimized;

4. An employee who is reasonably believed to have a communicable disease for

which isolation is required by the Illinois Department of Public Health, be removed from work or be placed in a restricted setting until such time as:

a) agreement between the Superintendent/ Principal and the employee

is reached for continued presence in the regular work setting with appropriate protective measures; or

b) if agreement is not reached, an appropriate medical evaluation of the

individual in question has been made and the conditions, if any, established by the Superintendent/Principal under which the employee may return to, or remain at, work.

However, removal or a more restrictive placement need not be required, in the discretion of the Superintendent/Principal, if the health risks to other employees and students are insignificant, the risk of loss of confidentiality due to exclusion or a more restrictive setting is substantial, and appropriate interim protective health measures are instituted;


5. The use of sick leave and other benefits in connection with the communicable disease be permitted on the same basis as any other employee illness; and

6. In all cases, a reasonable accommodation of an employee with a communicable

disease will be explored, and, where feasible, will be implemented. However, this policy shall not be construed so as to require the District to create a position or job which would not otherwise exist absent the need to accommodate an employee with a communicable disease.

The duties of the Superintendent/Principal under this policy may be delegated to a supervisor of the employee or other administrator.

B. Educational Activities

The Superintendent/Principal shall periodically provide for educational activities and information for employees with respect to communicable diseases, including hygienic practices for handling body fluids.

C. Additional Rules

The Superintendent/Principal may establish additional rules to implement this policy, provide for the protection of the health of students and employees, and recognize any due process of employees who have, or are suspected of having, a communicable disease.

Amended: Adopted Date: August 26, 1993 Review Date: Law Reference: 111.Rev.Stat. ch. 122,par.10-21.11, 10-22.39, 27-9.1, 27-9.1, 27-9.2; 863;

29 U.S.C. section 793 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et seq.; Ill Rev. Stat. Ch. 111 ½, par. 7301 et seq.

Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


POLICY 4360, ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY - PERSONNEL It is the policy of the Board of Education of Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200 to encourage technology use which facilitates communication and the exchange of ideas and information in pursuit of the District’s curricular, instructional, technological, and research goals. The District also supports the use of technology as a tool for the efficient and effective management of the District’s resources and affairs. District 200’s computing, networking, and telecommunication resources are for the use of authorized district employees. District 200 is not liable or responsible for: any information that may be lost, damaged, or unavailable due to technical or other difficulties; the accuracy or suitability of any information that is retrieved through technology; breaches of confidentiality; or defamatory material. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF USE Curriculum and Instruction I. The use of the District’s technology and telecommunication resources shall (1) be

consistent with the curriculum adopted by the District, as well as the varied instructional needs, learning styles, abilities, and developmental levels of the students, and (2) comply with the selection criteria for instructional materials and library-media center materials. Staff members may, consistent with the District’s goals and guidelines, use the Internet and technology resources throughout the curriculum.

Staff will provide developmentally appropriate guidance to students as they make use of telecommunications and electronic information resources to conduct research and other studies related to the District curriculum. All students will be informed by staff of their rights and responsibilities as users of the District network prior to gaining access to that network, either as an individual user or as a member of a class or group.

The District’s electronic and telecommunication resources are part of the curriculum and are not a public forum for general use.

II. Internet Safety

In accordance with the Children’s Internet Protection Act, the District installs and operates filtering software to limit users’ Internet access to materials that are obscene, pornographic, harmful to children, or otherwise inappropriate, or disruptive to the educational process, notwithstanding that such software may in certain cases block access to other materials as well. At the same time, the District cannot guarantee that filtering software will in all instances successfully block access to materials deemed harmful, indecent, offensive, pornographic or otherwise inappropriate. The use of filtering software, as explained in the Internet Safety Policy 1250, does not negate or otherwise affect the obligations of users to abide by the terms of this policy and to refrain from accessing such materials.


III. Acceptable Use

The actions of users accessing networks locations through the District reflect on the School District; therefore, users must conduct themselves accordingly by exercising good judgment and complying with this policy and any accompanying administrative regulations and guidelines.

Personnel who use or access District technology and/or telecommunication resources shall:

A. Use or access District technology primarily for educational and administrative

purposes; limited and incidental personal use is permitted; B. Comply with copyright laws and software licensing agreements; C. Understand that email, voicemail, and network files are not private. Network

administrators and other school officials as authorized by the Superintendent/Principal have access to all email messages and may review all computer files and communications to maintain system integrity and monitor responsible use;

D. Be responsible at all times for the proper use of their access privileges and avoid impersonations, anonymity, or unauthorized sharing of security measures;

E. Maintain the integrity of technological and telecommunication resources from potentially damaging messages, physical abuse, or viruses;

F. Respect the right of others to use equipment; G. Abide by the policies and procedures of networks and systems linked by

technology; H. Acknowledge and protect the privacy of other users and the integrity of the

system by avoiding misuse of passwords, files, equipment, and programs; I. Maintain the confidentiality of all personnel records and student records stored or

accessible by means of District technology, in accordance with Illinois and federal law.

Personnel who use or access District technology shall not:

A. Use District technology or resources for non-school purposes (other than

incidental personal use), personal financial gain or to gain access to attempt to access restricted websites or other information unrelated to the curriculum or educational purposes of the school;

B. Access, download, distribute, display or create harmful, indecent, offensive, pornographic, or otherwise inappropriate messages, pictures or materials;

C. Use telecommunication resources to access harmful, indecent, offensive, pornographic, or otherwise offensive sites or locations;

D. Engage in harassing, offensive, obscene or defamatory speech; E. Harass or attack others F. Loan technology to others, or violate copyright laws or software licensing

agreements;


G. Trespass in others’ folders, work, or files, or gain unauthorized access to resources or entities;

H. Use the account or password of another user; I. Misrepresent themselves or others; J. Transmit email or other electronic materials anonymously; K. Damage or vandalize computer equipment, systems, networks, hardware,

software, data or programs; L. Knowingly spread computer viruses; and M. Use technology for any illegal purpose or activity.

IV. No Expectation of Privacy

The District’s electronic and telecommunication resources are part of the curriculum and are not a public forum for general use. Users should not expect that email, voicemail, or files stored or transmitted on District servers will be private. District 200, at its discretion, reserves the right to log technology use, to monitor fileserver space utilization by users, to examine users’ files and materials, and to block and delete materials. There is no assurance of confidentiality with respect to access to transmissions and files by persons outside, or from persons inside, the District.

V. User Compliance

Users of District equipment, networks and technology must submit a signed Acceptable Use of Technology Agreement Form. Failure to comply with this policy, or any administrative regulations and guidelines governing the use of technology and telecommunication resources, may result in disciplinary action by the administration and/or the Board of Education, including but not limited to reprimand, loss of technology use privileges, suspension, notice to remedy, and dismissal.

Activities that violate local, state or federal law may be subject to prosecution.

The Superintendent/Principal or his/her designee may establish regulations, guidelines, and procedures and shall take appropriate action, consistent with the terms of any applicable collective bargaining agreement provisions, to implement this policy. Amended Date(s): May 25, 2006; January 22, 2004, October 24, 2002, August 22, 2002 Adopted Date: August 22, 1996 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200 PERSONNEL ACCEPTABLE USE OF TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT

I have read and agree to abide by the District’s Acceptable Use of Technology policy and regulations. I understand that my use of District telecommunication resources, computers, networks, and technology is for work-related purposes and to further the educational goals of the District. I further understand that my use of any District technology is not private and may be monitored. I understand that violations of the District’s policies and procedures regarding the use of technology may result in disciplinary and/or legal action against me. Employee Signature_____________________________ Date_______________ Print Name____________________________________ Position_______________________________________ School________________________________________


POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES

Any school official or employee having reasonable cause to believe a child known to them in their professional or official capacity may be an abused or neglected child shall confidentially report or cause a confidential report to immediately be made to the Department of Children and Family Services by phone [1-800-25-ABUSE] or in person. State law defines abused and neglected children as follows: An abused child is one whose parent or immediate family member, or any person responsible for the child's welfare, or any individual residing in the same home as the child, or a paramour of the child's parent:

1. Inflicts, causes to be inflicted or allows to be inflicted, physical injury by other than accidental means, which causes death, disfigurement, impairment of physical or emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function;

2. Creates a substantial risk of physical injury to the child by other than accidental

means, which would be likely to cause death, disfigurement, impairment of physical or emotional health, or loss or impairment of any bodily function;

3. Commits or allows to be committed any sexual offense against such child;

4. Commits or allows to be committed an act or acts of torture upon such child;

5. Inflicts excessive corporal punishment.

A neglected child is any child who is not receiving the proper or necessary nourishment or medically indicated treatment including food or care, or otherwise is not receiving the necessary support or medical or other remedial care necessary for his well being, including adequate food, clothing, and shelter; or who is abandoned by his or her parents or other person responsible for his welfare. The responsibility for reporting child abuse or neglect rests with the individual identifying the suspected abuse or neglect. The individual making the report shall also notify the building principal or other appropriate administrator that such a report is being made. State law provides that any person who, in good faith, participates in making such reports or in any judicial proceeding resulting from such report will be immune from civil or criminal liability. Each new employee, prior to the commencement of his or her employment with the District, shall be required to sign a statement on a form prescribed by the Department of Children and Family Services and provided by the District stating that he or she has knowledge and understanding of these reporting requirements. The signed statement will be retained in the employee’s personnel file.


The Superintendent/Principal may prepare and implement guidelines necessary to accomplish the intent of this policy and comply with the relevant law. Amended Date(s): Adopted Date: September 23, 2004 Review Date: Law Reference: 325 ILCS 5/9, 105 ILCS 5/10-22.6b Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 4370, MANDATORY REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES

Employees who have reasonable cause to suspect that a student may be abused or neglected shall report or cause a report to be made to the child abuse hotline number (1-800-25A-BUSE; 1-800-252-2873).

Definitions:

"Abused child": a minor under age 18 who is being harmed by any person responsible for a child's welfare, including the following: a parent, family member, any person who resides in the home, a boyfriend or girlfriend of the parent, a babysitter or day care provider. Harm to the child may be physical or emotional injury (or serious risk of injury), excessive punishment, sexual offenses, or child torture.

"Neglected child": any child whose parent or person responsible for the child's welfare does not provide necessary support, as required by law, medical or other care for the well-being of the child, or such necessities as adequate clothing, food, and shelter. A child who has been left with a relative as their plan of care, is not considered neglected.

To make an oral report:

Call the child abuse hotline number and include the following information in the report:

1. Name, address, and home telephone number of the student;

2. Name, address, home and work telephone numbers of the parent(s)/guardian(s); 3. Age of the student; 4. Names and ages of siblings living in the student’s home; 5. Details of the suspected abuse, including the student’s present condition;

6. Previous reports from District personnel made to DCFS about suspected abuse;

7. Other information to help establish suspected cause of abuse; 8. Notification of parent(s)/guardian(s) and District personnel should occur as soon as

practicable unless it is deemed inappropriate. Within 48 hours of the oral report, the employee shall complete the required DCFS form (Written Confirmation of Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report: Mandated Reporters), available on the DCFS web sit at www.state.il.us./dcfs/index.shtml. The employee shall retain the original of this confidential report and send a copy to the Assistant Superintendent for Pupil Support Services, the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, the School Nurse, and DCFS.


http://www.state.il.us./dcfs/index.shtml

Emergency Situations

If an abused or neglected student has a life-threatening condition, the employee shall notify the local law enforcement agency as well as DCFS. The employee shall request that DCFS or the local law enforcement agency take temporary protective custody of the child without the consent of the parent(s)/guardian(s).

Confidentiality

All reports concerning cases of suspected child abuse or neglect must be held in the strictest confidence. No such report shall be included in the child's student record, nor may any employee or agent of the District disclose any information concerning reports of suspected child abuse or neglect to any person other than an authorized representative of the District, the Illinois Department of Children and Family Services, or the local law enforcement agency.

Immunity from Liability

Any person participating in good faith in the making of a report or in the investigation of such a report shall have immunity from any civil, criminal, or other liability that might result by reason of such reporting. For the purpose of any proceedings, civil or criminal, the good faith of any persons required to report cases of suspected child abuse or neglect shall be presumed (325 ILCS 5/9, 105 ILCS 5/10-22.6b).

Sanctions

Any certified employee or non-certified employee who willfully fails to report an incidence of suspected child abuse or neglect as required by the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act may be subject to sanctions under State of Illinois and School Code of Illinois regulations.

Notification to Parent(s)/Guardian(s)

School officials in keeping with “in loco parentis” responsibilities may interview students as part of an investigation without first notifying parents. Parents will be notified as soon as it is practical when interviews occur under such circumstances, unless it is deemed inappropriate. However, should representatives of law enforcement agencies or DCFS request to interview a student regarding an allegation of abuse, good faith efforts will be made to notify parents/guardians prior to the interview taking place. In the absence of parent contact, school officials will make the determination about the appropriateness of the request. Granted interviews with non-school officials will occur during the school day and/or on school premises and in the presence of a school official. If parent/guardian notification is delayed/withheld, the specific reasons for doing so shall be indicated on the DCFS form (Written Confirmation of Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report: Mandated Reporters).


Amended Date(s): Accepted Date: June 20, 2005 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:


POLICY 5114-4, PROHIBITION AGAINST BULLYING, HAZING, HARASSMENT, AND CYBERBULLYING It is the policy of Oak Park and River Forest High School, District 200 to provide an educational environment free from bullying, hazing, harassment, and cyberbullying. The School District is committed to protecting its students from any form of physical, verbal, or mental abuse.

Definitions

1. Bullying

Bullying is defined to include, but is not limited to, any aggressive or negative gesture, electronic communication, or written, verbal or physical act that places another student in reasonable fear of harm to his/her person or property, or that has the effect of insulting or demeaning any student in such a way as to disrupt or interfere with the school’s educational mission or the education of any student. Bullying most often occurs when a student asserts physical or psychological power over, or is cruel to, another student perceived to be weaker. Such behavior may include but is not limited to pushing, hitting, threatening, name-calling, or other electronic, written, physical, or verbal conduct of a belittling or browbeating nature.

2. Hazing

Hazing is any act that subjects a student to electronic, written, physical, or verbal harassment, mental or physical discomfort, intimidation, embarrassment, ridicule, or demeaning activity committed by an individual student or group of students for the purpose of initiation, maintaining membership, or holding office in any organization, club, or athletic team.

3. Harassment

Harassment includes any unwelcome electronic, written, physical, or verbal conduct, contact or communication that is motivated by or related to individual characteristics such as race, color, national origin, gender, economic status, disability, religion, religious affiliation or sexual orientation and that creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive educational environment. Although harassment that creates a hostile environment may take many different forms, some examples include name calling and other derogatory comments, jokes, gestures or looks, posting or distribution of derogatory pictures, notes or graffiti, blocking, pushing, hitting, or other forms of physical aggression. Where harassment is sexual, it may also include such conduct as persistent unwelcome attempts to interact with someone, spreading of rumors, aggressive physical contact such as kissing, touching, or pulling at clothes in a sexual way.

Sexual harassment also includes unwelcome sexual advances or requests for sexual favors when


a. submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly as a condition of the receipt of educational or other school-related benefits; or

b. submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for educational or other school-related decisions affecting that individual.

4. Cyberbullying

Cyberbullying is a subset of bullying, hazing, and harassment. For purposes of this policy, cyberbullying is defined as the use of e-mail, instant messaging, chat rooms, pagers, cell phones, or other forms of information technology to deliberately bully, haze, harass, threaten, or intimidate someone. Cyberbullying can include, but is not limited to, such acts as making threats, provocative insults or racial or ethnic slurs, or demeaning remarks about one’s sexual orientation.

Prohibited Conduct

1. It shall be a violation of Board of Education policy for a student, employee, or any school visitor to bully, haze, harass, or cyberbully a student or to engage in conduct which would actively or passively support acts of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying.

2. It shall be a violation of Board of Education policy for a student to report false allegations or

a false complaint of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying. 1. It shall also be a violation of the policy for an employee, student, or any school visitor to

retaliate against a student for instituting a good-faith complaint of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying.

Complaints

A student who feels that he/she has been bullied, hazed, harassed, or cyberbullied should inform a School District staff member. All school employees are required to report alleged violations of this policy to the principal or his/her designee. All other members of the school community, including students, parents/legal guardians, volunteers and visitors are encouraged to report any act that may be a violation of this policy.

There are no expressed time limits for initiating complaints under this Board policy; however, every effort should be made to bring complaints to the attention of appropriate authorities as soon as possible while memories are fresh and witnesses continue to be available.

Complaints will be investigated. If it is determined that a violation has occurred, prompt corrective action will be taken. During the investigation, confidentiality will be maintained to the utmost extent possible. Complainants will be offered counseling and other assistance when appropriate and will be informed of the results of any investigation.


Intervention/Remediation In addition to the prompt investigation of complaints of bullying, hazing, harassment, or

cyberbullying and direct intervention when such prohibited activities are verified, the following learning strategies may be implemented:

1. planned professional development programs addressing targeted problems including

what constitutes safe and acceptable internet use;

2. formal or informal information or data collection regarding specific disciplinary or student problems;

3. modeling by school personnel of positive, respectful, and supportive behavior towards students;

4. employing classroom strategies that instruct students on how to work together in a collaborative and supportive atmosphere; and

5. gather input from parents, law enforcement, and other community members regarding positive responses to bullying, hazing, harassment, and cyberbullying.

Disciplinary Consequences

1. Violation of this policy may result in discipline. If the harasser is an employee, discipline will be determined in accordance with Board policy and the provisions of any applicable collective bargaining agreement. Students who violate the policy will also be subject to appropriate discipline in accordance with Board policy and the

District’s Code of Conduct. Appropriate discipline may include suspension and/or

expulsion. 2. Students may be disciplined for acts of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying

occurring on or off-campus and/or outside of school hours in the same manner they are otherwise subject to discipline for acts that violate School District policies and/or procedures when acts could (1) affect the school climate or atmosphere; (2) affect the peace, health, safety, or welfare of students, teachers, or any other personnel; and/or (3) disrupt or interfere with school or school activities. Any violation is subject to suspension and/or expulsion.

3. The parents/guardians of students who commit any act of bullying, hazing, harassment, or cyberbullying will be notified.

4. The School District reserves the right to make referrals for students in violation of this policy to appropriate mental health and law enforcement professionals.


Notification

The School District shall annually communicate this policy to students and their parents/guardians. This annual notification shall include disseminating information to all students and parents/guardians explaining the serious disruption caused by bullying, hazing, harassment, and cyberbullying and that these behaviors will be taken seriously and are not acceptable in any form.

Adoption and Update of Policy

The Board of Education shall update this policy beginning every 2 years after the policy’s initial adoption and shall file this policy with the Illinois State Board of Education after the Board adopts or updates it.

Amended: May 22, 2008; August 23, 2007 Adopted Date: August 28, 2003 Review Date: Law Reference: Legal Ref: 105 ILCS 5/27-23.7 Related Policies: Policy 5114, Student Discipline Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


POLICY 5132, CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAMS

District 200 considers a comprehensive Co-Curricular Program to be an essential part of the overall educational experience for our students. The Co-Curricular Program is provided to enhance the high school experience for our students and to provide opportunities to develop healthy habits, good citizenship, leadership, teamwork, self-discipline, responsibility and respect for rules.

The Principal oversees the Co-Curricular Program. The Athletic Director supervises all aspects of the inter-scholastic athletic program. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities supervises all clubs and activities. Each athletic team, club, or activity must have a coach or sponsor who is recommended for appointment by the Athletic Director or the Assistant Principal for Student Activities, in conjunction with the Principal. A student represents OPRFHS when the team or activity is sponsored as part of the high school’s Co-Curricular Program. OPRFHS is a member of the Illinois High School Association (IHSA) and the West Suburban Conference (W.S.C.). When representing the high school in inter-scholastic events, the student must conform to the rules of the IHSA, the W.S.C., as well as the rules and standards established by the high school. Participation in the Co-Curricular Program is considered an extension of, although separate from, the regular school day. Participation in the co-curricular program is considered a privilege and carries increased expectations on the part of student participants. By electing to participate in the Co-Curricular Program, the student must fulfill the following rules and standards established by the Board of Education. The rules and standards established for IHSA sanctioned Athletics and Activity Programs are described in Section 1 of the Administrative Procedures. The Administrative Procedures outline the expectations and consequences for inappropriate behavior for IHSA sanctioned co-curricular activities. Any student representing OPRFHS in these activities will be required annually, to sign an agreement to adhere to the Co-Curricular Program Code of Conduct. The Board of Education has also established standards for academic eligibility for IHSA sanctioned co-curricular activities. These standards are commonly referred to as “C” Pass-to-Play. Any student participating in IHSA-sanctioned co-curricular activities will be required to adhere to the “C” Pass-to-Play standards, as well as the IHSA academic eligibility standards. IHSA and OPRFHS academic eligibility participation standards are described in Section 1 of the Administrative Procedures. The rules and standards established for OPRFHS sponsored Co-Curricular Performance and Representative Programs are described in Section 2 of the Administrative Procedures. The Administrative Procedures outline expectations and consequences for inappropriate behavior for a specified list of OPRFHS sponsored co-curricular activities. Any student representing OPRFHS in these activities will be required annually, to sign an agreement to adhere to the Code of Conduct.


Amended Date(s): August 28, 2008; June 27, 1996; June 29, 1988; January 22, 1976 Adopted Date: December 17, 1947 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref.:



Administrative Procedures for Policy 5132 Section 1. IHSA Activities and Athletics OPRFHS Athletic Program IHSA Athletics (29) Boys (13) Baseball Basketball Cross Country Football Golf Lacrosse Soccer Swimming Tennis Track Volleyball Water Polo Wrestling

Girls (16) Badminton Basketball Cheer Cross Country Drill Team Field Hockey Golf Gymnastics Lacrosse Soccer Softball Swimming Tennis Track Volleyball Water Polo

IHSA Activities (5) Chess Team Debate Team Math Team Scholastic Bowl Speech Team

Participating in the co-curricular program is a privilege. Oak Park and River Forest High School administrators, coaches, and sponsors believe students who are involved in co-curricular activities should conduct themselves as responsible representatives of their school and community. Students who represent their school are expected to maintain high standards of conduct 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, for the entire calendar year. Parents and high school staff members all share the responsibility for helping students adhere to these standards. Participants in the Co-Curricular Program have a responsibility to adhere to the policies established by Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200, the West Suburban Conference, and the Illinois High School Association. All violations will become a part of the students’ discipline record. A student found in violation of the Co-Curricular Code of Conduct may receive consequences up to and including dismissal from the activity. Such violations include, but are not limited to the following:

o use or possession of alcohol, tobacco products and/or controlled/illegal substances,

o being present at a party or activity where illegal drugs or alcohol are available, o violations of academic integrity and ethics o violations of the OPRFHS Code of Conduct (Level II, III or IV Infractions);

examples include, but are not limited to; gang activity, fighting, vandalism, theft, harassment, bullying and/or hazing;

o any criminal offense or conduct or activity which is detrimental to OPRFHS or the Co-Curricular Program; and/or

o Parent(s)/Guardian(s) will be notified by phone and letter of a student’s violation of the Co-curricular Code of Conduct.

If a student is in violation of a criminal offense or gross misconduct, the Athletic Director and/or Assistant Principal for Student Activities may, at his/her discretion, dismiss the student from the team/activity for the remainder of the season. A student who is suspended for an alcohol, drug or tobacco violation will be required to meet with the OPRFHS Substance Abuse Counselor. Students taking prescription drugs should have a Medical Authorization on file in the Health Center First Offense The student will be suspended from the team/activity for up to 25% of the competition dates. The student will be allowed to practice and participate in all other team activities, except competition, during the suspension. If the violation occurs out of season or during the summer, the suspension will apply to the student’s next season of competition. If the suspension is not completed during the season, it will be continued to the student’s next season. If the student should decide to take part in another sport, the suspension will be served during that time. The student would need to remain a member of the team for the entire season in order to satisfy the stipulations of the suspension.


Second Offense If the student is in season, he/she may be dismissed from the team for the remainder of the season, additional consequences may include suspension from the Co-Curricular Program for up to one year. The Athletic Director and Assistant Principal for Student Activities will make the final decision on the suspension. Third Offense If a student commits a third violation he/she will be suspended from participating in co-curricular activities for one year, and may be prohibited for the remainder of his/her high school career. The Athletic Director and Assistant Principal for Student Activities will make the final decision on the suspension.

IHSA and OPRFHS Academic Eligibility Participation Standards Illinois High School Association Policies IHSA Policy 3.21 Students shall be doing passing work in at least four (4) classes of high school work per week. If a student is not passing four (4) classes in any given week, he/she will be ineligible for competition the following week. IHSA Policy 3.22 Students shall, unless they are entering high school for the first time, have credit on the high school records for passing twenty credit hours (4 classes) of high school work the previous semester. Such work shall have been completed in the semester for which credit is granted or in a recognized summer school program, which has been approved by the Board of Education and for which graduation credit is received. If a student is not passing twenty credit hours (4 classes) at the end of a semester, he/she will be ineligible the following semester. IHSA Policy 3.23 Passing work shall be defined as, work of such a grade that if on any given date a student would transfer to another school, assigned grades for that course would immediately be certified on a student’s transcript to the school which a student transfer. Oak Park and River Forest High School “C” Pass-to-Play Standards The OPRFHS “C” Pass-to-Play Standards requires students to maintain a minimum GPA of 2.0 and not receive an “F” grade in any class in order to participate in IHSA athletic and activity programs. The method of monitoring student grades are described below. Weekly Grade Check Student grades are reported every Wednesday and distributed to students by Thursday or Friday of each week. If a student-athlete has a “D” or “F” on a weekly grade check, he/she will be placed on the Weekly Academic Support Program (study table) and be required to complete 150 minutes of academic assistance the following week. If the student fails to complete the required hours, he/she will be ineligible for competition the following week.


“Academic Alert” – Nine (9) Week Grade Check If a student-athlete falls below a 2.0 GPA or has an “F” at the end of a nine-week grading period, that student is placed on “Academic Alert” and will be required to attend the nine-week Academic Support Program (study table), which consists of three (3) 50 minute Academic Assistance Sessions per week or 150 minutes of teacher assistance. If the student fails to complete the required hours, he/she will be ineligible for competition the following week. Athletic Ineligibility/Appeals Process Students who have less than a 2.0 GPA or an “F” grade for two (2) consecutive nine-week grading periods will not be allowed to participate in OPRFHS Co-Curriculars. Students are notified in writing of their ineligibility and they may appeal this decision. The Appeals Process begins with the student submitting, in writing, the reasons that may have contributed to the level of achievement attained. The appeals committee meets with the student and renders a decision on whether to reinstate his/her eligibility. The committee consists of the Principal, Athletic Director, or Assistant Principal for Student Activities and the student’s Counselor. Section 2. OPRFHS Performance and Representative Activities (23) ACTSO ` M.S.A.N. Class Officers Musical Theatre Gospel Choir Orchesis Shows Jazz Ensemble Pep Band Jazz II Snow Ball J. Kyle Braid Spoken Word Little Theatre Shows Stage Crew Marching Band Strings Marching Band- Flags Student Council Mock Trial Studio 200 Shows Model U.N. Synchronized Swimming Vocal Ensembles Participating in the Co-Curricular Program is a privilege. Oak Park and River Forest High School administrators, coaches, and sponsors believe students who are involved in co-curricular activities should conduct themselves as responsible representatives of their school and community. Students who represent their school are expected to maintain high standards of conduct 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, for the entire calendar year. Parents and high school staff members all share the responsibility for helping students adhere to these standards. Participants in the co-curricular program have a responsibility to adhere to the policies established by Oak Park and River Forest High School District 200, the West Suburban Conference and the Illinois High School Association. All violations will become a part of the students’ discipline record. A student found in violation of the Co-Curricular Code of Conduct may receive consequences up to and including dismissal from the activity. Such violations include, but are not limited to the following:


o use or possession of alcohol or controlled/illegal substances; o being present at a party or activity where illegal drugs or alcohol are available; o violations of academic integrity and ethics; o violations of the OPRFHS Code of Conduct (Level II, III or IV Infractions);

examples include, but are not limited to; gang activity, fighting, vandalism, theft, harassment, bullying and/or hazing;

o any criminal offense or conduct or activity which is detrimental to OPRFHS or the Co-Curricular Program; and/or

o Parent(s)/Guardian(s) will be notified by phone and letter of a student’s violation of the Co-curricular Code of Conduct.

If a student is in violation of a criminal offense or gross misconduct the Assistant Principal for Student Activities may, at his/her discretion, dismiss the student from the team/activity immediately. A student who is suspended for an alcohol or drug violation will be required to meet with the OPRFHS Substance Abuse Counselor. Students taking prescription drugs should have a Medical Authorization on file in the Health Center. First Offense The activity advisor in conjunction with the Assistant Principal for Student Activities will make a determination on the appropriate consequences. Second Offense The student may be dismissed from the co-curricular activity for the remainder of the season; additional consequences may include suspension from the Co-Curricular Program for up to one year. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities, the Athletic Director and Activity Advisor will make the final decision on any suspension and additional consequences. Third Offense If a student commits a third violation he/she will be suspended from participating in co-curricular activities for one year, and may be prohibited for the remainder of his/her high school career. The Assistant Principal for Student Activities and the Athletic Director will make the final decision on the suspension. Section 3. Appeals Procedures for Violations of IHSA Co-Curricular Athletic and Activity Programs and OPRFHS Performance and Representative Activities The student or parent has the right to appeal any co-curricular consequence. This would be an opportunity to present extenuating circumstances that he/she believes could affect the consequences that have been administered. The Appeals Procedure is as follows. 1) The parent/guardian must appeal in writing within three (3) days of receipt of the written decision. This appeal should be directed to the Principal.


2) The Principal, parent/guardian, and student will meet. The Principal, in consultation with the Athletic Director and/or Assistant Principal for Student Activities, will make the final decision on any appeal. If a decision is appealed, every effort will be made to hear the appeal in a timely manner; however, the student may not participate in competitions for the duration of the appeal.


POLICY 5136, STUDENT TRAVEL The Board of Education grants the Superintendent (or his/her designee) authority to approve student travel that fully provides for the safety and welfare of students; that have appropriate and substantial educational value; and for which written parental/guardian permission has been obtained. Student travel is not limited to the regular school hours, but can be engaged in outside of regular school hours and on days other than regular school days. The Board of Education recognizes four types of student travel: Field Trips, Activity Trips, Exchanges, and Excursions. Field Trips are defined as travel directly related to educational programs of the high school intended to extend educational experiences in relation to specific classroom objectives that are consistent with the general goals of the curriculum of a specific course. Activity Trips are defined as student travel sponsored by an athletic or co-curricular activity of the school. Exchanges are defined as student travel to another school, usually in another country, in which students usually live with a host family and spend time attending classes in the host school. Exchanges generally result in a reciprocal trip to Oak Park and River Forest High School by students and staff from the host school. Excursions are defined as student travel, usually international, that provide unique curricular and/or cultural opportunities for Oak Park and River Forest High School students. Excursions may only be approved if the educational benefits to participating students can be substantiated. Transportation costs related to student field and activity travel will generally be funded by the District for trips to destinations within 150 miles of Oak Park and River Forest High School. With the exception of IHSA-sponsored competitions and/or other activities approved by the Superintendent and/or his/her designee, for student travel of greater distances, the cost of transportation may be borne by the participants. For all types of student travel, the District will not typically cover costs related to tickets, admission fees, lodging, and food. Costs related to student travel should not be a barrier for any student eligible to participate in the trip. Sponsors of student travel must obtain administrative approval prior to committing to any trip or travel plans. Sponsors of student travel are expected to comply with appropriate levels of student/adult supervision ratios as established by the Superintendent (or his/her designee). The Superintendent (or his/her designee) shall develop procedures for application and approval of student travel trips. Such procedures may vary depending on the type of student travel being planned.


Amended Date(s): June 25, 2009; December 18, 2003; April 8, 2003; December 19,

1984; December 14, 1982; and January 22, 1976 Adopted Date: July 17, 1969 Review Date: Law Reference: 105 ILCS 5/10-22.29b, 105 ILCS 5/29-3.1, and 105 ILCS 5/29-3.4 Related Policies: Related Instructions Procedures for Policy 5136 And Guidelines:


Procedures for Policy 5136, Student Travel A. APPROVAL

Sponsors of student travel must obtain administrative approval prior to committing to any trips or travel.

B. SUPERVISION

Oak Park and River Forest High School requires an appropriate level of adult supervision for all student travel. Adult supervisors are required to travel with the students as members of the same group. The number of district employees required as adult supervisors will vary depending upon the conditions of the trip. Parents and interested adults may volunteer to serve as additional supervisors for student travel.

For all student travel that include an overnight stay of one or more nights, supervisors must contact the designated district administrative liaison at regularly established times. In the case of any difficulty or divergence from the submitted itinerary, supervisors are to notify the designated administrative liaison immediately as to the nature of the difficulty or the divergence. In such situations students should never be left without adult supervision. Should a student, for whatever reason, become separated from the group, a supervisor should remain with that student while the remaining members of the group complete their travel with another supervisor(s). At no time should a student or a group of students be left unsupervised on a trip.

In the case of changing travel arrangements, supervisors must notify the designated administrative liaison of all circumstances and changes. Parents and guardians of all trip participants must in turn be notified of any and all changes in travel plans and/or arrangements.

C. COSTS

The sponsoring teacher should determine necessary costs and submit those costs in writing to the appropriate administrative personnel at the time of application for administrative approval of the travel. Once approved, students are to be notified of the expenses of the trip to them at the time of registration.

Transportation costs will generally be funded by the district for student travel to destinations within 150 miles of the high school. For travel of greater distances, the cost of transportation will be borne by the participants. For all trips, the district will not typically cover costs related to tickets, admission fees, lodging, and food. The sponsoring teacher is to assess each participating student for these expenses. Arrangements for securing the funds collected should be made with the Business Office.


D. INSURANCE

All students, employees, and parent or guardian supervisors must be covered by

accident and health insurance coverage, protecting them from financial loss due to bodily injury, disability, or death while participating in school sponsored travel. Additional costs to trip participants may be incurred for appropriate insurance coverage. The trip sponsor is required to check with the Business Office to determine if additional insurance costs must be obtained. This coverage (if not provided by the district), including the name and address of the insurance company and the policy number must be indicated in writing and placed on file in the Business Office in advance of any travel.

E. TRANSPORTATION

As a general rule, transportation for school-sponsored travel will be provided by means of commercial vehicles. All buses or rental vehicles are to be ordered through the Business Office. If more than 47 students are participating in the trip, a second bus must be used. The cost of such rental vehicles will be covered by the district’s transportation fund if the travel destination is within 150 miles of the high school. Otherwise, the trip’s participants must cover such rental costs.

Employees who possesses a valid Illinois driver’s license and who is at least 21 years of age or older may transport students on school-sponsored travel in a school-owned vehicle. Such persons are covered by the district’s insurance up to limits of the district’s coverage. An employee who transports students on a school-sponsored trip in a non-school vehicle is covered up to the limits of the district’s insurance coverage after the employee’s own insurance has been exposed up to the limits of its coverage. Any non-employee who transports students on a school-sponsored trip in a non-school vehicle is not covered by the district’s insurance. Non-employees must not transport students.

F. GENERAL FIELD TRIP PROCEDURES

Field Trips are arranged through the Office of the Director of Instruction and approved by that office. Field trip requests should be submitted by the third week of the semester. A calendar of approved field trips will be distributed to the faculty by the end of the fourth week of each semester. Additional field trips can be approved beyond the third week of the semester if planning for the trip could not have occurred during the first three weeks of the semester.

Parental permission must be secured for any field trip which takes students off school property and/or which extends beyond normal school hours. Permission slips bearing the signature of the parent/guardian will be collected by the sponsoring teacher and must be filed with the appropriate division secretary, who in turn, must file the permission slips with the attendance office at least five days


prior to the occurrence of the trip. Students who fail to submit a parent/guardian permission slip by the established deadline will not be allowed to participate in the field trip. The sponsoring teacher must distribute a list of the students participating in the field trip to faculty at least two days before the trip, either via e-mail or the faculty bulletin.

All approved field trips must have an evaluation component. Each student participating in the trip must complete the Field Trip Evaluation form. Student responses are to be tabulated by the sponsoring teacher who will prepare a Field Trip Evaluation Summary, which must include a reflection statement, completed by the classroom teacher or trip sponsor. This summary must be submitted to the Director of Instruction and the appropriate Division Head. A failure to submit this summary may result in the denial of future requests for field trips in subsequent semesters.

No class may have more than one field trip per grading period except those classes that have a field or performance component or as jointly determined by the Division Head and the Director of Instruction.

Costs related to a field trip should not be a barrier for any eligible students to participate.

G. GENERAL ACTIVITY TRIP PROCEDURES Activity trips related to athletics are approved and arranged for by the Athletic

Director. Activity trips related to extracurricular activities are arranged through the Activities Director and are approved by the Assistant Superintendent for Pupil Support Services. Extracurricular activities trips must not take students from school during regular school hours. Coaches and sponsors should check with the appropriate administrator regarding additional specific rules and guidelines.

Costs related to athletic or extracurricular trips should not be a barrier for eligible students to participate.

H. GENERAL EXCHANGE/EXCURSION TRIP PROCEDURES

Applications for Exchanges/ Excursions are available through the Office of the

Director of Instruction. Incomplete applications will not be considered for approval. Students may not miss more than five (5) days of school as a result of participating in an Exchange or Excursion.

Prior to approval being granted for any trip, sponsors will complete a detailed questionnaire that is to be kept on file in the Office of the Director of Instruction. The questionnaire will include information relevant to the students’ and supervisor’s participation in the trip.


All Exchanges/Excursions that involve male and female students must have at least two sponsors, one male and one female. At least one of the sponsors must have previous Exchange/Excursion experience and one must have more than three consecutive semesters of employment in the District.

Permission slips bearing the signature of the parent/guardian must be obtained for every student participating in an Exchange/Excursion. These permission slips must be kept on file in the Office of the Director of Instruction.

Sponsors of Exchanges/Excursions must hold at least two informational sessions with parents participating in the Exchange/Excursion before students depart on the trip.

Exchanges/Excursions are subject to the approval of the Building Administrative Team (BAT) and, upon the recommendation of BAT, may require approval by the Board of Education. Even after approval has been granted, BAT or the Board of Education may withdraw the approval should national or worldwide conditions suggest that student safety on the trip could be compromised.


POLICY 5143, ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATIONS The Superintendent/ Principal shall establish regulations for the administration of medications to students. The regulations shall be substantially based on the Recommended Guidelines for Medication Administration in the Schools published by the Illinois Department of Public Health and State Board of Education and shall provide for administration of medication to a student during school hours or during school activities only when necessary to maintain the student in school. A copy of this policy and the regulations shall be given to the parents or guardians of each student within 15 days after the start of each school term, or within 15 days of starting classes for students transferring to the school district during the school term. Also within such 15-day period, students shall be informed of the contents of this policy and the rules. Amended: Adopted Date: August 26, 1993 Review Date: Law Reference: Ill. Rev. Stat. Ch. 122, par. 10-20.14b Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:


REGULATIONS GOVERNING ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATIONS TO STUDENT POLICY 5143

I. Authorization for Administration of Short-Term Medications to Students High

school age students can assume responsibility for self-administering short-term (ten school days or less) prescription medications during the school day. Students who require short-term medications must show the labeled medication bottle to the School Nurse who will issue a signed pass indicating that the student has permission to take the medication. Students who must use inhalers or carry emergency medication for bee stings should also obtain a signed pass from the School Nurse. Staff members who have questions about students taking medications should notify the School Nurse who will determine the legitimacy of the medication.

If a parent requests the School Nurse to administer a short-term medication, the Nurse will follow the procedures for administering long-term medications.

II. Authorization for Administration of Long-Term Medications to Students

Only those medications necessary to maintain a student in school and which must be given during school hours or school activities may be administered to a student. All medications given to students must be prescribed by a licensed prescriber on an individual basis as determined by the student's health status. Standing orders may not be used as a basis for administration of medication.

Approval for administration of long-term medication must be obtained from the school nurse as follows:

A. A written order for prescription and non-prescription medications must be

obtained from the school nurse, completed and signed by the student's licensed prescriber, signed by a parent or guardian and filed with the school nurse. The order must include:

1. the student's name;

2. date of birth;

3. licensed prescriber's name, signature, and date of signature;

4. licensed prescriber's regular and emergency telephone numbers;

5. name of medication;

6. dosage;


7. route of administration;

8. frequency and time of administration;

9. date of prescription was filled;

10. date of order by licensed prescriber;

11. discontinuation date;

12. diagnosis requiring medication;

13. intended effect of medication;

14. side effects from medication for which student must be observed;

15. whether the student may self-administer and, if so, instructions for self-administration;

16. emergency conditions under which medication should be

administered including directions for administration by a certified staff member if administration by the school nurse, emergency medical personnel, or self-administration cannot reasonably be achieved;

17. other medications the student is receiving;

18. time interval for re-evaluation;

19. the parent's or guardian's name, signature, date of signature, and

regular and emergency telephone numbers.

B. The school nurse shall review the written order, require any additional information from the parent or guardian or the student's licensed prescriber appropriate to complete the review, consult with the Assistant Superintendent for Pupil Services as appropriate and approve or deny the order depending on its completeness. An appeal from the denial of any order prescribing the administration of medication may be made by the parent or guardian to the Assistant Superintendent of Pupil Support Services of the school and then to the Superintendent/Principal.

II. Persons Authorized to Administer Medication

A. The school nurse or any registered nurse approved by the school district may administer medications under these guidelines.


B. Any faculty member or any health aide may supervise self administration of medication by a student under these guidelines.

Any faculty member may, but is not required to, administer medications in emergency situations if, under the circumstances, the school nurse or emergency medical personnel cannot be available in sufficient time and the student cannot self-administer the medication. Under no circumstances are faculty members or other school employees required to carry medications for students nor are they required to ensure that students carry such medications.

Parents may administer medications in school with the approval of the school nurse or the Associate Principal for Pupil Services of the school.

III. Procedures for Administration of Medications

A. Each dose of medication shall be documented in the student's individual health record. Documentation shall include date, time, dosage, route, and the signature of the person administering the medication or supervising the student in self administration. In the event a dosage is not administered as ordered, the reasons shall be entered in the record.

B. Effectiveness and side effects shall be assessed with each administration

and extraordinary side effects will be documented as necessary in the student's individual health record.

C. A procedure shall be established for written feedback to the licensed

prescriber and the parent(s)/guardian at scheduled appropriate intervals for long-term medication or as requested by the licensed prescriber.

D. All approved orders for long-term medication shall be renewed at each

semester. Changes in medication shall be through a revised order or other written authorization from the licensed prescriber as approved by the school nurse.

Medication must be brought to the school in the original package or an appropriately labeled container.

1. Prescription medications shall display:

a. prescription number; b. student's name; c. medication name/dosage;


d. administration route and/or other directions; e. date and refill; f. licensed prescriber’s name g. pharmacy name, address and phone number h. name or initials of pharmacist.

2. Over-the-counter medications (OTC):

a. OTC (non-prescription) medications shall be brought to

school with the manufacturer's original label with the ingredients listed and the student's name affixed to the container.

F. Medications, and special items necessary to administer medications such

as syringes and hypodermic needles, must be stored in a separate locked drawer or cabinet. Medications requiring refrigeration must be refrigerated in a secure area. Medications which must be available while a student is engaged in a school activity conducted away from the customary site of storage must be brought by the student to that site.

G. The parent or guardian will be responsible at the end of the treatment

regime for removing from the school any unused medication which was prescribed for the student. If the parent or guardian does not pick up the medication by the end of the school term, the certified school nurse will dispose of and document that medications were discarded. Medications will be discarded in the presence of a witness.

H. Except in emergencies, the written order must be consulted before

administration of medications.

A record of the administration must be made in accordance with Section A. above.


POLICY 5320, STUDENT SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT Administrative procedures to foster social and emotional learning shall be incorporated into the District’s educational program, in accordance with the Illinois Learning Standard regarding students’ social and emotional development. Adopted administrative procedures shall protect the confidentiality of all students and their families. Such initiatives shall include:

(1) Classroom and school-wide programming which implement scientifically based, age and culturally appropriate strategies that teach social and emotional skills, promote optimal mental health, and prevent risk behaviors for all students;

(2) Staff development and training for school personnel regarding age- appropriate social, emotional, and academic learning;

(3) Programs and learning opportunities for parents related to the importance of children’s optimal social and emotional development;

(4) Community partnerships with mental health agencies and organizations to

provide a coordinated approach to addressing the social and emotional needs of students;

(5) A system of early identification and intervention for students at risk for

social, emotional, or mental health problems that impact learning;

(6) A system for referral and follow-up to provide effective clinical services for students who require them utilizing student and family support service programs, school-based behavioral health services, and school-community linked services and supports; and

(7) A system to assess and report baseline information regarding students’

social-emotional development and its impact on their learning ability.

The Superintendent/Principal or designee shall develop procedures to implement this policy as needed.


Amended Date(s): Adopted Date: September 23, 2004 Review Date: Law Reference: Children’s Mental Health Act 2003, 405 ILCS 49/1 et seq. Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref: 6:270 (Guidance and Counseling Program), 7:100 Health

Examinations, Immunizations, and Exclusion of Students), 7:250 (Student Support Services)


ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR POLICY 5320 AND RESPONDING TO STUDENTS WITH SOCIAL, EMOTIONAL, OR MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS

PUPIL SUPPORT SERVICES TEAM The Assistant Superintendent of Pupil Support Services shall appoint Pupil Support Services Teams that shall have the tasks described in this Administrative Procedure. Team members must be school staff members who are qualified by professional licensing or experience to address issues concerning students who may have social, emotional, or mental health problems. As needed on a case-by-case basis, the Pupil Support Services Teams may request the involvement of the Assistant Superintendent of Pupil Support Services, relevant teachers, and the parents/guardians. Records produced and shared among Team members may be subject to laws governing student records. Confidential information given by a student to a therapist is governed by the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Confidentiality Act, 740 ILCS 110/1 et seq. REFERRALS Staff members should refer a student suspected of having social, emotional, or mental health problems to the Pupil Support Services Team. The Pupil Support Services Team will review information about a referred student, including prior interventions, and suggest appropriate steps for referral and follow-up. The Pupil Support Services Team may offer strategies to a referred student’s classroom teachers and parents/guardians about ways they can manage, address, and/or enhance the student’s social and emotional development and mental health. In addition, the Pupil Support Services Team may recommend coordinated educational, social work, school counseling, and/or student assistance services within the school as well as referrals to outside agencies. Referrals under this procedure are unrelated to the special education evaluation process and do not trigger the District’s timeline for evaluations. However, the use of these procedures shall not circumvent the special education process. See Administrative Procedure 6:120-AP, Special Education Procedures Assuring the Implementation of Comprehensive Programming for Children with Disabilities and Suspected Disabilities. SCHOOL COUNSELING, SOCIAL WORK, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES The Pupil Support Services Team may request school counselors, social workers, psychologists, and school nurses to provide support and consultation to teachers and school staff about strategies to promote the social and emotional development and mental health of all students. They may also be requested to provide screening and early detection approaches to identify students with social, emotional, and mental health problems. Written permission from the parent/guardian is required for any on-going social work and psychological services. “On-going” is defined as more than 5 contacts in which the


student received these services. Written consent may be obtained through an IEP or other designated form. That consent does not entitle parents/guardians to know the contents of all that is discussed. School counselors, social workers, and psychologists will inform parents/guardians of all issues that pose a health and/or safety risk; they will inform the Building Principal of any health or safety risks that are present in the school PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL GROUPS 2 As appropriate, the Pupil Support Services Team may recommend that a student participate in a variety of psycho-educational groups. These groups are typically led by school counselors, social workers, or psychologists, but are not structured as therapeutic services. Groups are designed to help students better understand issues and develop strategies to manage issues of concern to them that may, if not addressed, interfere significantly with the students’ educational progress or school adjustment. Groups have a written curriculum that guides discussion over a set period of time, generally 5 weeks. A student may participate in a group without parent/guardian permission for one such time period; subsequent enrollment in the same group requires parent/guardian permission. Students in a group who present significant concern and for whom therapeutic services must be considered will be referred to the social workers, psychologists, or school counselors for individual consultation. (See above description of these services). SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY LINKAGES When possible, the Pupil Support Services Team shall seek to establish linkages and partnerships with diverse community organizations to provide a coordinated approach to addressing children’s social and emotional development and mental health needs.


POLICY 6160, ACADEMIC HONESTY Staff, parents and students are responsible for maintaining the academic integrity of the school. The atmosphere in each classroom, gymnasium, laboratory, and library or support center should actively foster academic honesty, as should the atmosphere in the home of each student. Staff should be clear in their advocacy of academic honesty by discussing with students the difference between honest and dishonest work and by employing instructional and evaluative strategies that reduce the opportunity for dishonesty. Parents should continually emphasize academic honesty and integrity to their children. Academic dishonesty by a student degrades the student’s character, reputation and impedes the teaching-learning process. Any action intended to obtain credit for or recognition of work that is not one’s own is considered academic dishonesty. These actions include (but are not limited to) the following: submitting another’s work as one’s own work; sharing or accepting a copy of tests or scoring devices; sharing quiz/test questions with students in the same or other classes; copying from another student’s homework or class project; cheating on a quiz/test by copying from another or using unauthorized sources of information; plagiarizing; fabricating data or sources or information; copying materials in violation of the copyright laws; using technology to commit academic fraud; using technology in violation of the district Acceptable Use Policy; or accessing restricted computer files without authorization. Those who violate the Academic Honesty Policy will be subject to penalties as outlined in the following procedures. Procedures Related to Academic Honesty Policy Cheating: If a student is suspected of violating the academic honesty policy while engaged in a classroom activity (example: cheating on an in-class assignment, quiz or test), the faculty member should alert the student and take appropriate action to eliminate the opportunity to cheat. Following the class period the student and faculty member should meet to resolve the issue. Penalties may include (but are not restricted to) the following: Requirement to re-do the assignment, grade reduction for the assignment, grade reduction for the quarter or grade reduction for the semester If the student and teacher cannot mutually resolve the issue, it will be referred to the Division Head for further review. At this point in the process the parent(s) will be invited to participate. Failure to reach resolution at this point will result in referral of the matter to the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction for resolution. Instances of cheating on major tests/exams or repeated patterns of cheating will be reported to the Assistant Principal for Student Services. Plagiarism and Fabrication:


If a student knowingly appropriates the work of another and submits it as his/her own without giving proper credit or citation or if the student fabricates data or sources or information, the student is subject to an appropriate penalty. A. If a student admits to having committed academic fraud, the teacher and the

student (in consultation with the parents, when appropriate) may mutually agree upon a penalty in which case the matter will be considered resolved. Penalties may include (but are not restricted to) the following: requirement to re-do the assignment, grade reduction for the assignment, grade reduction for the quarter, or grade reduction for the semester. Cases of plagiarism and fabrication will be reported to the Assistant Principal for Student Services.

B. If a student denies committing academic fraud, or if the student and the teacher cannot reach a mutually acceptable resolution of the situation, the teacher will immediately notify the Division Head of the suspected incident.

1. The Division Head and teacher will review all information related to the incident

to confirm the suspicion that the academic fraud has occurred. If confirmation cannot be made, the matter will be dropped.

2. Following confirmation of the incident, the Division Head will notify the

Counselor and parent of the suspected academic fraud and the Division Head will notify the Assistant Superintendent of Curriculum and Instruction (ASCI) regarding the possible violation of the District’s Academic Honest Policy.

3. The Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction (ASCI) will

convene a hearing within ten (10) school days of receipt of such notification. The hearing panel will be comprised of the ASCI, , a Division Head (not from the division in which the alleged infraction occurred) and a Counselor (not the student’s Counselor). The hearing panel will take testimony from the student and the teacher (and the Counselor, Division Head, and parents when deemed necessary) and review all written documents. The panel will issue a final decision within ten (10) school days of the hearing. Examples of appropriate penalties are listed in item (a) above. If the incident occurs at the end of a grading period, a student will be given an “I” until the final ruling is rendered.

4. Decisions of the hearing panel may be appealed to the Principal for

review.


Amended: September 24, 2009; June 22, 2000 Adopted Date: June 18, 1989 Review Date: June 2005 Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:



POLICY 6220, TUTORING AND THERAPY Teachers are expected to be available to assist students before and/or after school as well as during their preparation periods. Times and locations for such help are to be posted by each teacher. Teachers are not to tutor for pay any students from their own classes. Support staff members who provide therapy for students in school are not to provide therapy for pay to such students. Neither tutoring nor therapy for pay by school employees should occur in school facilities during the school day. Home/hospital instruction will be provided for a student whose physician indicates that the student will be out of school for a minimum of two weeks. Amended: May 25, 2000 Adopted Date: November 15, 1983 Review Date: Law Reference: Related Policies: Related Instructions And Guidelines: Cross Ref:

1

Section 10

ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS AND JOB DESCRIPTIONS

SUPERINTENDENT ......................................................................................................... 2

PRINCIPAL ........................................................................................................................ 3

ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES (APSA) ................................ 4

ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT HEALTH AND SAFETY (APSHS) .......... 5

ASSISTANT PRINCIPAL FOR STUDENT SERVICES (APSS) .................................... 6

ATHLETIC DIRECTOR (AD)........................................................................................... 7

ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT FOR CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

(ASCI) ................................................................................................................................. 8

DIRECTOR OF ASSESSMENT AND RESEARCH (DAR) .......................................... 10

ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT FOR HUMAN RESOURCES (ASHR) ................. 11

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (CFO)............................................................................ 12

DIRECTOR OF BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS (ROBERT ZUMMALLEN) ................................ 13

CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER (CIO) ...................................................................... 14

COMMUNICATIONS/COMMUNITY RELATIONS COORDINATOR (CCRC)........ 15

DIVISION HEAD ............................................................................................................. 16

ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS ...................................................................................... 18

2

Superintendent

Attila J. Weninger

• Administers Board Policies • Baldrige Process • Development, Recommendation, Leadership, and Achievement of District Goals • Develops and plans regular Board Meeting Agendas and Meetings • District Liaison to Local, State, and National External Groups and Agencies (Triton

College, Des Plaines Valley School College Partnership and Board of Control (DVR), ISBE, Council of Governments, Management Council, Minority Student Achievement Network’s Governing Board (MSAN), OPRF Community Foundation Board)District Leadership Team Chair (DLT)

• Health Services Network, Member • IWAS Report Coordination

o Application for Recognition of Schools (G. Kalmerton) o End-of-the Year Report Coordination (G. Kalmerton) o Accreditation (G. Kalmerton) o ISBE School Report Card Coordination (G. Kalmerton)

• Minority Student Achievement Initiatives • OPRF Rotary Club • OPRF Scholarship Foundation • Parking Stickers (Student/Staff) • Sabbatical Approvals (Faculty) • School Liaison to Board recognized and approved Parent Groups (Citizens’ Council;

Boosters) • Student Achievement (Academic and Cocurricular) • Supervises and Evaluates District Leadership Team (DLT)

o Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum And Instruction o Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources o Chief Financial Officer o Chief Information Officer o Communications and Community Relations Coordinator o Principal

• Swanson Scholar Fund Board

3

Principal Nathaniel L. Rouse

• Alternative Educational Programs • Associate School/District Articulation • BLT Liaison to English and History • Building Leadership Team (BLT), Chair • Code of Conduct • Commencement • Day-to-Day Operation of the School and Building • District Leadership Team (DLT), Member • District Liaison To Villages, Parking, Emergency Preparedness, Inspections) (with

APSHS, B&G Director) • Divisional Display Cases • DLT Liaison to APPLE and PTO • Emergency Plans and Drills • Equipment and Furniture Purchases and Requests (Division Heads/Principal/Purchasing

Coordinator/Director of B&G) • Evaluate Faculty • Facility Advisory Committee (with Director of B&G) (2009-2010 and beyond) • Facility Rental (including Triton)(with Donna Dietrich) • Faculty Supervisory Assignments (with ASCI) • Field Trip Approval • Final Examination Schedule • Furniture Requests • Health Services Network, Member • Incoming Freshman Open House • Instructional Council (IC), Member • National African-American Parental Involvement Day (NAAPID) • P.A. System (with Director of B&G) • Parent Open House • Parent Teacher Organization) • Parent Visitation Days • Parent-Teacher Conferences • Police Liaison • Response To Intervention (RtI) • School Improvement Plan (SIP) Chair • School Registration and Enrollment • Student Achievement Initiatives (Academic and Cocurricular) • Student Handbook • Supervises and Evaluates Building Leadership Team (BLT)

o Assistant Principal For Student Activities (APSA) o Assistant Principal For Student Health And Safety (APSHS) o Assistant Principal For Student Services (APSS) o Athletic Director (AD) o Outreach Coordinator

• United Way

4

Assistant Principal for Student Activities (APSA) Cindy Milojevic

• Activity Fair • Activity Trip Approvals • Assemblies • BLT Liaison To Science and Fine/Applied Art Divisions • Building Leadership Team, Member • Co-Curricular Code of Conduct (Activities) • Co-Curricular Transcripts (Activities) • Community Board • Daily Bulletin and Announcements • Display Cases (Student Center) • DLT Liaison To Concert Tour Association (CTA) • Evaluate Non-tenured Faculty • Exchanges/Excursions/ Foreign Travel/Summer Field Trips • Flyer/Banner/Poster Approval • Freshman Kick Off Day • Freshman Shadow Program • Fundraising Approval (Activity Clubs/Organizations) • Honors Convocations (Freshman-Sophomore-Junior-Senior) • Human Relations Awards • IHSA Academic/Activity Competitive Teams • Minority Student Achievement Network (MSAN) Student Leadership Conference • Open House for Incoming Freshmen and Families • Plus One Awards • Recruit and Employ Activity Sponsors/Personnel • School-Wide Events

o Homecoming Block Party o Homecoming Dance o Huskiepalooza o King of Hearts Dance o Others, as planned o Prom and Post Prom

• Stipend Review Committee Chair o Student Activity Program (Clubs and Organizations) o Club and Sponsor Evaluation

• Student of the Quarter Awards • Tradition of Excellence Committee Chair

o Tradition of Excellence Dinner o Assembly

• West Suburban Conference (WSC) Activity Sponsor, Representative

5

Assistant Principal for Student Health and Safety (APSHS) Janel Bishop

• Alternative Educational Placements (with APSS) • Attendance • Bicycle Registration/Safety • BLT Liaison to World Languages • Building Leadership Team (BLT), Member • Cameras • Code of Conduct • Course Selection • Critical Incident Plan • Deans • Discipline Hearings • District Liaison to Village of Oak Park Signage, Streets, Events, Parking) • District Liaison To Villages on Parking, Emergency Preparedness, Inspections) (with

Principal and B&G Director) • Evaluate Non-tenured Faculty • FREE And MUREE Programs • Hallway Supervision Assignments • Health Services Network, Member • Homebound Tutoring (Discipline) • In-school/Out-of-School Suspensions • Parental Communication and Notification of Discipline and Attendance • Provide Direction and Guidance for the Discipline System • Provide Semester Reports Related to Discipline Statistics • Pupil Support Services (PSS) Teams • Registration and Enrollment (with Principal) • Residency • Safety and Support Team (SST) • School Liaison to Board-sponsored Parent Group PTO • Security Cameras

6

Assistant Principal for Student Services (APSS) Mark Wilson

• 504 Coordinator • Advanced Placement (AP), ACT, SAT (Programs’ Coordination) • Alternative Educational Placements (with APSHS) • BLT Liaison to Mathematics • Building Leadership Team (BLT), Member • Community Support Services (Thrive Counseling) • Counselors Guidance Program • Course Selection Process • Evaluate Non-tenured Faculty • Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) • Health Services • Health Services Network (HSN), Chair • Home Schooling • Homebound Tutoring (Academic) • Independent Study • IWAS Report Coordination of Student Health Data • Leadership for Registration/Enrollment/Course Selection Processes • Master Schedule/Course Registration • NCAA Course Eligibility Clearinghouse • Pupil Support Services (PSS) Teams • Registrar • Registration and Enrollment (with Principal) • Resource Managers • School Liaison to Board-Sponsored Parent Group APPLE • School Profile • Substance Abuse and Prevention Specialists • Transfer Credits • Triton College Credit Articulation

7

Athletic Director (AD)

John Stelzer

• Administrative Liaison to Boosters • Athletic Facilities • Athletic Facilities (within community) • Athletic Participation Fees • BLT Liaison to PE • Building Leadership Team (BLT), Member • Huskie Athletic Council (HAC) • IHSA Athletic Program and Teams • Intramurals • Open Gym Program • Recruit and Employ Athletic Coaches and Personnel • Representation at State, Local and Conference Athletic Meetings • Sports Award Assemblies • Stipend Review Committee, Member • Study Table (Tutorial) • Summer Athletic Camps and Leagues • Supervise and Evaluate Athletic Coaches and Personnel • Wellness Committee, Member

8

Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction (ASCI) Philip M. Prale

• Academic Honesty (Policy and Procedures) • Administrator Academies • Alternative Educational Placements (with PSS) • Articulation with Associate Districts and Schools • Board of Education Instruction Committee Administrative Liaison • Chicago Area Directors of Curriculum and Assessment (CADCA), Member • Curriculum and Instruction Development • Curriculum Guides • District Leadership Team (DLT), Member • School Liaison to Villages for Police and Fire • DLT Liaison to PTO • Division Heads’ Conference and Travel Budgets • Faculty Supervisory Assignments (with Principal) • Grade Change Appeal Process • NCLB Consolidated Grant • Instructional Council Chair • ISBE Continuing Professional Development Unit (CPDU) Credits • IWAS Report Coordination

o AARA – IDEA Part B Flow-Through (L. Cada) o Driver Ed – Driver Instructor Eligibility (D. Craft) o Driver Ed – Reimbursement – (D. Kleinfeld) o Driver Ed – Student Coursework Completion (Blue Slips) (D. Craft) o High School Students Taking Community College Courses o NCLB Consolidated Application o NCLB Monitoring Instrument o NCLB Performance Report o NCLB Title I Comparability Documentation o Orphanage Tuition 18-3 (L. Carlin and Chief Financial Officer) o Special Ed Room & Board Claim (L. Carlin) o Special Education Authorization (Harrisburg Project) (M. Thivel) o Title I Status Survey

o Minority Student Achievement Initiatives (with Superintendent) • Minority Student Achievement Network (MSAN) – Research Practitioners Council

(RPC) Representative • New Teacher Orientation, Induction and Mentoring Program • North Central Association (NCA-CASI) • Professional Development Committee, Member • School Improvement Plan (SIP) Team, Member • SOLO Program • Staff Development Programs:

o Professional Learning Teams o Inservice Days, o Institute Days o Staff Development Days

• Student Achievement Initiatives (Curricular) • Student Teachers/Pre-Student Teaching Placements • Summer Curriculum Projects vis-a-via DVR Grants • Summer School

9

• Supervises and Evaluates o Director of Assessment and Research o Division Heads o Summer School Director

• Teacher Course Profiles • Teacher Grant Program (with ASCI) • Tenured Teacher Evaluation Appeals Committee • Tutoring Center

10

Director of Assessment and Research (DAR)

Amy Hill

• Academic Catalog • Associate School/District Articulation • Curriculum and Instruction Assessment • Independent Study • Institute Day Programs (with ASCI) • Institutional Research, Analysis, and Evaluation • Instructional Practices Research, Analysis, Dissemination, Implementation, and

Evaluation • IWAS Report Coordination

o Career and Tech Education Improvement o CTE-Perkins Secondary o AYP Status Report

• Mastery Manager • Minority Student Achievement Initiatives • Minority Student Achievement Network (MSAN) Research Practitioners Council

Representative • Professional Development Team, Co-Chair • School Improvement Plan (SIP) Team, Member • Senior Instructional Leadership Core (SILC) • Staff Development Days • Student Achievement Initiatives • Summer Curriculum Projects • Surveys (Administration, Analysis and Recommendations) • Teacher Grant Program • Test Prep Programs (ACT, PSAT, SAT And PSAE) • Testing Programs (ACCESS, EXPLORE, IPSAE, PLAN, PSAE, PSAT) • Textbooks

11

Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources (ASHR) Jason Edgecombe

• Administrative Contracts • Board Human Resources Committee Administrative Liaison • Career Opportunities • Certification: Administrator and Teacher • Chamber of Commerce • Collective Bargaining (Contracts)

o CPA o FSEC o SST o B&G

• Day Care Center Grant and Contract • District Leadership Team (DLT), Member • DLT Liaison to Alumni Association • Employee Assistance Plan (EAP) • Employee Attendance • Employee Benefits • Employee Position Descriptions • Employee Group and Union Relations • Employee Retirement Benefits • End-of-Year Staff Program and Breakfast • Faculty Handbook • Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA) • Holiday Tea • Insurance Committee, Member • IWAS Report Coordination

o Early Childhood – Parent Evaluations/Demographics o Non-certified Staff Salary Study o Preschool for All-Cont. 0-3 Early Childhood o Preschool for All-Cont. 3-5 Early Childhood o Public School Calendar o Reduction in Force Survey (RIF) o Teacher Salary Study o Teacher Service Record (TSR) o Unfilled Positions Survey

• Northwest Personnel Association (NWPA) • Personnel Litigation • Recruitment, Employment, Probation, Retirement, and Termination of Employees

o Administrators o Buildings and Grounds o Classified o Faculty o Food Service o Non-Affiliated o Safety and Support Team

• Recruitment Team, Chair • RFCC Child Care Program Liaison and 0-3 Early Childhood Grant • School Calendar • Stipend Review Committee, Member • Substitute Coordination

12

Chief Financial Officer (CFO) Cheryl Witham

• Accounts Receivable/Payable • Activity Funds • Board of Education Finance Committee Administration Liaison • Bookstore • Budget • Buildings and Grounds • Collective Bargaining Negotiations (Financial Projections) • Community Facility Advisory Committee • Construction • Contracts • Copiers (lease/purchase) • Deferred Compensation Plans • District Leadership Team (DLT), Member • District Treasurer • DLT Liaison to Citizens’ Council • Equipment and Furniture (with Principal) • Finance Advisory Committee Chair • Financial Reports • Five-Year Budget Plan • Fixed Assets Inventory • Food Service • Grants: Revenue Collection and Expenditure Reports • Insurance

• Insurance Committee • Facility Insurance • Health Plan Renewals and Negotiations • Property and Liability Insurance • Rental Insurance

• IWAS Report Coordination • Child Nutrition – ACES – M. Piekarski • District Financial Report – OEPP/PCTC • Electronic Expenditure Reports – D. Wiley • Estimated Best Three Month Average Daily Attendance – D. Wiley • General State Aid Claim – D. Wiley • Illinois Textbook Loan Program – J. Charette-BassiriRad • Parent/Guardian Transportation Reimbursement – P. Jansen • Pupil Transportation Claim Reimbursement – D. Wiley • Special Education Room & Board Claim – D. Wiley

• Levy • Lions Club • Medicare Medicaid Reimbursement and Reporting • OPRFHS Scholarship Foundation, Treasurer • Payroll • Purchasing and Bids • Student Accident Reports • Student Fees (Loans and Deferments) • School Registration and Enrollment Fees

13

• School Vehicle Use • Supervises and Evaluates

o Director of Buildings and Grounds o Director of Bookstore o Director of Finance o Director of Food Service

• Swanson Scholarship Foundation, Treasurer • Transportation and Vehicles • Workers’ Compensation • Wellness Committee • Taxing Districts’ Business Managers Committee

Director of Buildings and Grounds (Robert Zummallen)

• District Liaison To Villages on Parking, Emergency Preparedness, Inspections) (with Principal and APSHS)

• Emergency Preparedness Liaison to Village of Oak Park (with Principal) • Equipment and Furniture Purchases and Requests (Principal/Division Heads/Principal/Purchasing

Coordinator) • Facility Advisory Committee (with Principal) (2009-2010 and beyond) • Facility Rentals (with Principal) • Health Life Safety Survey • Parking Garage Liaison to VOP • Public Address System • Radios • School Vehicle Maintenance

14

Chief Information Officer (CIO) Michael Carioscio

• Communications

• Telephones • Cell phones • Switchboard • Local network

Wired Wireless

• Internet access • Technology

• Website • Servers • PCs and MACs • Printers • Classroom technology (projectors, smart boards, etc) • Network copiers (specify, implement, support) • Printers • Software

Productivity (MS Office) Email/Calendaring Instructional (evaluate w/faculty, configure, install, support) Utility (content filtering, anti-virus, etc)

Supervises and Evaluates • Data Systems Manager • Technicians • Help Desk personnel • Webmaster • Technology Learning Center (TLC) personnel • Lab aides • Administrative Assistant

• Family and Student Access • Educational Technology

• Data Systems Enrollment Projections ISBE State Reports

• Fall Housing Report • Student Information Systems (SIS)

Master Schedule Room Assignments and Space Utilization

15

Communications/Community Relations Coordinator (CCRC) Katherine Foran

• District Leadership Team (DLT), Member • DLT Liaison to Alumni Association • Family Newsletter - August, October, January, March, and May • Media Liaison for District and Staff

o Promotes/Publicizes Awards, Events, and Issues of Interest o Serves as Contact Person in Crisis/Emergency Situations o Supervises Maintenance of Student Media Release List and Protocols

• Liaison with Parent Groups, Alumni Association, Associate Districts, And Community Residents And Institutions

• General Staffwide Communications, Outreach, Editing, Writing Assistance • Health Network Services, Member • HuskiEmail Listserv • Lake Street Electronic Marquee • Postal Services (Personnel, Process, Equipment) • School Tours and Information • Supervise

o Weekly What's Up/Local News Emails o Honor Roll Mailings o Work Permits o Welcome Center Information Assistance

• Volunteer Coordinator o Identify School/Student Needs o Recruit Needed Volunteers o Initial Screening o Help Community Find Student Volunteers

o Website Content Updates o Front-Page o School News o Calendar o Coming Events Links

16

Division Head Division Heads are members of the Instructional Council (IC) and the All District Administrative (ADA) Team. They report to the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction.

The Division Heads are responsible for administrative decision-making by initiating recommendations, providing advice and counsel, and implementing decisions. They have responsibility for curricular, instructional, student, personnel and financial matters within their divisions and are the first line of administrative contact for faculty and staff with students and parents. As exemplary teachers and leaders in their fields, they have major responsibility for the development of curriculum improvement of instruction student academic achievement in their divisions and in the school. They are leaders in the school who balance their roles as Division Heads with their roles as leaders within the school (IC, ADA). As such, they help develop policy recommendations and procedures, provide input into and make decisions, all of which are in the best interests of students.

• Supervisory and Leadership Responsibilities o Apprise the appropriate administrator of division needs and concerns o Assist teachers in their handling of the day-to-day problems including student behavior,

student achievement, student evaluation, lesson planning and lesson presentation o Continuously evaluate the performance of faculty and staff and the division o Provide educational leadership for the division and the entire school program

• Curricular and Instructional Responsibilities

o Advise and cooperate with the appropriate administrator regarding the selection of course offerings and assignment of teachers, and to the allocation of facilities and equipment for all summer programs

o Assist in the consideration and planning of field trips and make initial recommendations to the Principal

o Assume teaching duties as assigned o Cooperate with appropriate personnel in the classification and placement of students o Cooperate with the appropriate administrator in planning the long-range personnel,

facility and equipment needs of the division o Cooperate with the appropriate administrators in recommending faculty and staff FTE

based on course enrollments and in the assignment of classroom and supervisory responsibilities

o Evaluate current courses and recommend courses to be added, dropped, or revised o Form and advise division curriculum committee(s) o Plan long-range curricular needs o Provide division leadership in the selection, development and use of curricular materials o Provide division leadership in the selection, development, and use of instructional

methodologies o Recommend all textbooks and other teaching materials

• Administrative Responsibilities

o Assist in the selection and help coordinate the activities of student teachers, interns and substitute teachers

o Attend Instructional Council (IC) meetings and All District Administrator (ADA) meetings

o Develop and implement division budget and monitor and control expenditures o Develop and maintain professional, productive, and effective relationships with other

school and community groups and individuals, including articulation with public and private associate schools,

17

o Develop goals, activities, outcomes and reports for divisional professional learning teams o Promote accomplishments of students and division members o Promote the activities of the division o Recruit and recommend for employment non-certified staff within the division o Work closely with the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources in the

implementation of the District recruitment and employment program, including but not limited to identifying division faculty for the District recruitment team; attending job fairs as requested; working to achieve District minority staff goal(s); creating and facilitating division interviews; working with the Principal, the Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources, and the Assistant Superintendent for Curriculum and Instruction in identifying candidates to be interviewed for faculty positions; and making recommendations of candidates for faculty positions to the appropriate administrative team ; and participating in those interviews.

• 2009-2010 Division Heads

o Business Education, Library and Media Services o English o Fine and Applied Arts o History o Mathematics o Physical Education/Driver Education o Science o Special Education (Director) o World Languages

18

ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS

FACULTY HANDBOOK (Updated September 2009) - CiteSeerX

Documents

Transcript of FACULTY HANDBOOK (Updated September 2009) - CiteSeerX